Veteran's Day

Quick Start for:
State Purchasing

070busy

Texas SpecificationNo. 070-SB-99
(SupersedesTexas Specification No. 070-SB-98)
EffectiveDate: January 1, 1999
Dateof Last Revision: April 20, 1999

SPECIFICATION FOR TEXAS SCHOOL BUSES

A. GENERAL INFORMATION, REQUIREMENTS, AND CONDITIONS:

A.1. SCOPE:

1.1. BUS SIZES:

This school bus specification includes the minimum requirementsfor fourteen (14) sizes of school buses used by Texas Schools participatingin the Foundation School Program. This specification covers the purchaseof bus bodies and chassis separately as well as the purchase of completeschool buses. The bus sizes are designated in terms of passenger capacityexclusive of the driver, as listed below for regular seating. Capacityis based upon National Height and Weight Percentile Averages as specifiedin Federal Highway Safety Program Guideline No. 17. [See Paragraph B.1.2.]
15 Passenger 16 Passenger 18 Passenger 19 Passenger 20 Passenger
24 Passenger 35 Passenger 47 Passenger 53 Passenger 59 Passenger
65 Passenger 71S Passenger 
(Short Wheelbase)
71L Passenger 
(Long Wheelbase)
77 Passenger 83 Passenger
Seatingcapacity will be reduced from the above whenever wheelchair positions and/ormaximum seat spacing are specified for a given size bus (See ParagraphsA.1.3. and B.1.) 

1.2. BUS TYPES:

1.2.1. TYPE A (I & II):
The "Type A" school bus is a conversion or body constructedupon a van-type or cutaway front-section vehicle with a left side driver'sdoor, designed for carrying more than ten (10) persons. This definitionshall include two (2) classifications: "Type A-I", with a gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) over ten-thousand pounds (10,000 lbs.); and "TypeA-II", with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of ten-thousand pounds(10,000 lbs.) and under.
1.2.2. TYPE B:
A "Type B" school bus is a conversion or body constructed andinstalled upon a van or front section vehicle chassis, or stripped chassis,with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than ten-thousand pounds (10,000lbs.), designed for carrying more than ten (10) persons. Part of the engineis beneath and/or behind the windshield and beside the driver's seat. Theentrance door is behind the front wheels.
1.2.3. TYPE C:
A "Type C" school bus is a body installed upon a flat backcowl chassis with a gross vehicle weight rating of more than ten-thousandpounds (10,000 lbs.), designed for carrying more than ten (10) persons.All of the engine is in front of the windshield and the entrance door isbehind the front wheels.
1.2.4. TYPE D:
A "Type D" school bus is a body installed upon a chassis, withthe engine mounted in the front, midship, or rear with a gross vehicleweight rating of more than ten-thousand pounds (10,000 lbs.), designedfor carrying more than ten (10) persons. The engine may be behind the windshieldand beside the driver's seat; it may be at the rear of the bus, behindthe rear wheels; or midship between the front and rear axles. The entrancedoor is ahead of the front wheels.

1.3. SPECIAL EDUCATION BUSES:

Special education buses for impaired passengers may containless than fifteen (15) passenger and wheelchair positions combined, butnot less than ten (10) passenger positions combined or they cannot be certifiedas school buses. These vehicles, used for transporting special educationschool children, that contain fewer than ten (10) passenger positions areclassified as Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles (MPV's) by the Federal government.They will be designated by the State of Texas as "school buses" for thepurposes of this specification. The State of Texas requires that MPV'sused as school buses shall meet the same standards they would meet if builtto accommodate ten (10) or more passengers even though they must be certifiedas Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles.

A.2. DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS:

2.1. ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration andAir Conditioning Engineers.
2.2. ANSI: American National Standards Institute.
2.3. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials.
2.4. BCI: Battery Council International.
2.5. Commission and GSC: General Services Commission.
2.6. Conventional Bus: A school buss with all of the enginein front of the windshield and the service or entrance door behind thefront wheels.
2.7. Department of Public Safety and DPS: Texas Departmentof Public Safety.
2.8. Education Agency and TEA: Texas Education Agency.
2.9. EPA: United States Environmental Protection Agency.
2.10. FMVSS: Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
2.11. Federal Guideline No. 17: Federal Highway Safety ProgramGuideline Number 17.
2.12. Forward Control Bus: A school bus with the steering wheel,pedals, instruments, and other driver controls mounted as far forward aspossible, usually just behind the windshield. All of the engine is locatedbehind the windshield, either at the front of the bus, or at the rear ofthe bus, or in between these positions. The service door is located forwardof the front axle.
2.13. GAWR: Gross Axle Weight Rating.
2.14. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
2.15. Invitation for Bids and IFB: Invitation for Bids.
2.16. Knee Space: The horizontal distance from the front centerof a seat back to the rear center of the seat back (or barrier) immediatelyahead, measured at approximately four inches (4") above the seat cushion.
2.17. Manufacturer: A fabricator of school buses, bodies, chassis,or components.
2.17. MPV: Multipurpose passenger vehicle accommodating ten(10) or less people.
2.18. NSSB: National Standards for School Buses (formerly NationalMinimum Standards).
2.19. SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers.
2.20. SBMTC: School Bus Manufacturer's Technical Council.
2.21. SCAAN: Computer analysis of engine performance.
2.22. Semi-forward Control Bus: A bus in which part of theengine is beneath and/or behind the windshield and beside the driver'sseat.
2.23. Vendor: Manufacturer's representative or dealer authorizedto make sales and supply parts and services in Texas.
2.24. VESC: Vehicle Equipment Safety Commission.

A.3. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS:

3.1. FEDERAL HIGHWAY SAFETY PROGRAM GUIDELINES:

School bus bodies and chassis shall meet or exceed the minimumrequirements of this specification and shall also meet all applicable requirementsof the Highway Safety Program Guidelines No. 17. All requirements of thisspecification must be met unless they are in conflict with Program GuidelinesNo. 17 as it applies to school buses.
3.1.1. Federal Highway Safety Program Guidelines No. 17,Pupil Transportation Safety:
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,Washington, DC 20402.

3.2. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS (FMVSS):

School bus bodies and chassis shall meet or exceed the minimumrequirements of this specification and shall also meet all applicable requirementsof the FMVSS and those which are finally adopted. All requirements of thisspecification must be met unless they are in conflict with the FMVSS asthey apply to school buses:
3.2.1. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, Public Law89-563:
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,Washington, DC 20402:
3.2.1.1. FMVSS No. 103 -- Windshield Defrosting and DefoggingSystems.
3.2.1.2. FMVSS No. 105 -- Brakes, Hydraulic Service, Emergencyand Parking.
3.2.1.3. FMVSS No. 108 -- Lamps, Reflective Devices, and AssociatedEquipment.
3.2.1.4. FMVSS No. 111 -- Rearview Mirrors - Passenger Carsand Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles.
3.2.1.5 FMVSS No. 121 -- Air Brake Systems - Buses and Trailers.
3.2.1.6. FMVSS No. 125 -- Warning Devices.
3.2.1.7. FMVSS No. 131 -- School Bus Pedestrian Safety Devices.
3.2.1.8. FMVSS No. 205 -- Glazing Materials.
3.2.1.9. FMVSS No. 208 -- Occupant Crash Protection.
3.2.1.10. FMVSS No. 209 -- Seat Belt Assemblies - PassengerCars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles, Trucks and Buses.
3.2.1.11. FMVSS No. 210 -- Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.
3.2.1.12. FMVSS No. 217 -- Bus Emergency Exits and Window Retentionand Release.
3.2.1.13. FMVSS No. 220 -- School Bus Roll-over Protection.
3.2.1.14. FMVSS No. 221 -- School Bus Body Joint Strength.
3.2.1.15. FMVSS No. 222 -- School Bus Seating and Crash Protection.
3.2.1.16. FMVSS No. 301 -- Fuel System Integrity.
3.2.1.17. FMVSS No. 302 -- Flammability of Interior Materials- Passenger Cars, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles, Trucks, and Buses.
3.2.1.18. FMVSS No. 303 -- Fuel System Integrity, AlternativeFuels.
3.2.1.19. FMVSS No. 304 -- Compressed Natural Gas Fuel ContainerIntegrity.

3.3. NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR SCHOOL BUSES (NSSB):

School bus bodies and chassis shall also meet or exceed thecurrent NSSB (formerly National Minimum Standards) except when those requirementsare in conflict with the requirements of this specification. In such cases,the requirements specified herein shall prevail.
3.3.1. National Standards for School Buses:
National Standards for School Buses:, 1995 Revised Edition,National Standards Conference (May, 1995), National Safety Council, 425North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611.

3.4. OTHER REFERENCES:

References to other specifications, standards, and test methodsshall be to those in effect on the date of the Invitation for Bid. Thefollowing publications form a part of this specification to the extentspecified herein:
3.4.1. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI),1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018:
3.4.1.1. ANSI Z26.1-90 -- Safety Glazing Materials for GlazingMotor Vehicles Operating on Land Highways, Safety Code for, including SupplementZ26.1a.
3.4.2 American Plywood Association, P.O. Box 11700, Tacoma,WA 98411:
3.4.2.1. U.S. Plywood Standard PS 1-83.
3.4.3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM),1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103:
3.4.3.1. ASTM A 446 -- Standard Specification for Sheet Steel,Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Structural (Physical)quality.
3.4.3.2. ASTM A 525 -- Standard Specification for General Requirementsfor Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process.
3.4.3.3. ASTM D 3574 -- Standard Specification for StandardTest Method for Testing Cellular Materials - Slab Bonded and Molded UrethaneFoam.
3.4.3.4. ASTM B 117 -- Standard Specification for Method ofSalt Spray (Fog) Testing.
3.4.4. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION AND AIRCONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC. (ASHRAE), Circulation Department, 345 East47th Street, New York, NY 10017:
3.4.4.1. ASHRAE 16-69 -- Methods of Testing for Rating of RoomAir Conditioners
3.4.5. FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION, United States Departmentof Transportation, Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government PrintingOffice, Washington, DC 20402:
3.4.5.1. Federal Highway Administration FP-85 - Standard Specificationsfor Construction of Roads and Bridges on Federal Highway Projects.
3.4.6. FEDERAL STANDARDS: Superintendent of Documents, U.S.Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402:
3.4.6.1. Federal Standard No. 595a -- Colors.
3.4.7. Federal Specifications: Superintendent of Documents,U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402:
3.4.7.1. Federal Specification No. TT-C-490B -- Cleaning Methodsand Pretreatment of Ferrous Surfaces For Organic Coating.
3.4.7.2. Federal Specification No. TT-C-520B -- Coatings Compound,Bituminous, Solvent Type Underbody, (For Motor Vehicles).
3.4.7.3. Federal Specification No. TT-E-489 -- Enamel, Alkyd,Gloss (For Exterior and Interior Surfaces).
3.4.7.4. Federal Specification No. V -T-295D -- Thread, Nylon.
3.4.7.5. Federal Specification No. ZZ-M- 71D -- Matting, Rubberand Vinyl.
3.4.8. School Bus Manufacturers' TECHNICAL COMMITTEE (SBMTC),School Bus Design Objectives, National Association of State Directorsof Pupil Transportation Services, 116 Howe Drive, Dover, DE 19901.
3.4.8.1. SBMI Standard No. 001 -- Standard Code for Testingand Rating Automotive Bus Hot Water Heating and Ventilating Equipment.
3.4.9. Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc. (SAE), 400Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096:
3.4.9.1. SAE J20e -- Coolant System Hoses.
3.4.9.2. SAE J377 -- Performance of Vehicle Traffic Horns.
3.4.9.3. SAE J383 -- Motor Vehicle Seat Belt Anchorages - DesignRecommendations.
3.4.9.4. SAE J514 -- Hydraulic Tube Fittings.
3.4.9.5. SAE J516 -- Hydraulic Hose Fittings.
3.4.9.6. SAE J517 -- Hydraulic Hose.
3.4.9.7. SAE J561 -- Electrical Terminals - Eyelet and SpadeType.
3.4.9.8. SAE J588 -- Turn Signal Lamps for use on motor vehiclesless than 2032 millimeter in overall width.
3.4.9.9. SAE J639 -- Safety Practices for Mechanical VaporCompression Refrigeration Equipment or Systems Used to Cool Passenger Compartmentsof Motor Vehicles.
3.4.9.10. SAE J887 -- School Bus Warning Lamps.
3.4.9.11. SAE J994b -- Alarm - Backup - Electric - Performance,Test, and Application.
3.4.9.12. SAE J1128 -- Low Tension Primary Cable.
3.4.9.13. SAE J1133 -- School Bus Stop Arm.
3.4.10. STATE OF CALIFORNIA:
3.4.10.1. DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS, 3485 Orange GroveAve., North Highlands, CA 95660.
3.4.10.1.1. California Technical Bulletin 117, Section A, PartI, Seat Cushion Compression Test.
3.4.11. STATE OF TEXAS:
3.4.11.1. RAILROAD COMMISSION OF TEXAS (RRC), Liquefied PetroleumGas Division, P.O. Box 12967, Austin, TX 78711-2967:
3.4.11.1.1. Regulations for Compressed Natural Gas (CurrentEdition).
3.4.11.1.2. Safety Rules -- Liquefied Petroleum Gas Division(Current Edition).
3.4.11.3. TEXAS NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION COMMISSION (TNRCC),12100 Park 35 Circle, Austin, TX 78753:
3.4.11.3.1. Regulation IV (31 TAC CHAPTER 114), Control ofPollution from Motor Vehicles (Current Edition).
3.4.12. United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA),Waterside Mall, 401 M Street, S.W., Washington, DC 20460:
3.4.12.1. EPA -- Noise Emission Standards.
3.4.13. Vehicle Equipment Safety Commission (VESC), Suite908, 1030 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005:
3.4.13.1. VESC -- Regulation 6.
3.4.13.2. VESC -- Regulation 10.

A.4. GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS:

4.1. EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION:

Requirements and accessories, either standard or optional,furnished under this specification shall be installed by body, chassis,or product manufacturer except air conditioners, tachographs, tachometers,and wheelchair lifts may be installed by authorized service representatives.Installation of such items shall conform in strength, quality, and workmanshipto the accepted standards of the industry.

4.2. NEW MODELS:

Each bus body and bus chassis furnished under this specificationshall be new school buses of the current year's production or the latestimproved model in current production. The bidder represents that all unitsoffered under this specification shall meet or exceed the minimum requirementsspecified herein.

4.3. ODOMETER DISCLOSURE STATEMENT:

The Truth in Mileage Act requires the selling dealer to furnisha complete odometer statement to the purchaser. This statement must becomplete and shall include mileage accrued at the point of delivery. Inaddition to the signature of the seller/agent certifying the odometer reading,both the dealership and the name of the agent shall be printed on the OdometerDisclosure Statement. Completion of the Mileage Statement Portion of theManufacturer's Statement of Origin will satisfy this requirement.

4.4. SERVICING AND EQUIPPING:

All bus bodies, chassis, or complete school bus units shallbe completely assembled, adjusted, and all equipment installed. All partsnot specifically mentioned herein which are necessary to provide a completeschool bus, bus body, or chassis shall be furnished by the successful bidderand said parts shall conform in strength, quality of materials, and workmanshipto recognized industry engineering practices.

4.5. VENDOR GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATINGS SELECTION:

The requirements for gross vehicle weight ratings (GVWR), grossaxle weight ratings (GAWR) (front and rear), and tire size and load rangefor each size chassis are specified in Table No.'s Three through Seven(3 through 7) and Table No.'s Twelve through Twenty-eight (12 through 28),and are minimum requirements. These requirements are for small type schoolbus (15- through 20-passenger), conventional, and semi-forward controltype school buses (24- through 77-passenger), forward control type schoolbus (47- through 77-passenger), and a transit type school bus (83-passenger)with standard equipment. The added weights of optional equipment such asalternative fuel storage tanks, air conditioning, lifts for the physicallyimpaired and other heavy accessories were not considered in establishingthe capacity ratings to be certified for the chassis. If additional optionalequipment is ordered, which necessitates increased capacity ratings ofeither axles, springs, or tires, it is the responsibility of the vendorto furnish them so that proper certification can be made on the vehicle.

A.5. BID AWARDS:

The Commission reserves the right to accept or reject any andall bids, in whole or in part, and to waive all technicalities when theseactions are determined by the Commission to be in the best interest ofthe State of Texas. Failure to receive a satisfactory chassis or body bidshall not prohibit the awarding of contracts to others by the Commission,when in the best interest of the State.

5.1. PRICE PROTECTION:

The requisitioning school district, at the districts option,reserves the right to review all bids received prior to award to determinefunds availability [See Paragraph B.2.1.5]. Vendors shall provide priceprotection for sixty (60) days from the date of the bid opening.

A.6. CERTIFICATION AND COMPLIANCE:

6.1. BUS BODY WORK ORDER:

The work order which accompanies the bus body through the productionline during the process of manufacture must show the related CommissionPurchase Order Number that was issued to the bus body company or the distributor.The work order must also show the appropriate item number of the purchaseorder or the name of the school. One (1) copy of the work order must accompanythe bus to its final destination.

6.2. CERTIFICATION, ALL BIDDERS:

By signing the bid, the bidder certifies that the equipmentbeing offered meets or exceeds all requirements and conditions of thisspecification. Failure to comply with all the requirements and conditionsof this specification will subject the bid to rejection.

6.3. CERTIFICATION, SUCCESSFUL BIDDER:

The vendor (successful bidder) must certify on the face ofthe invoice that the equipment delivered meets or exceeds the requirementsand conditions of this specification and that the equipment was manufacturedin accordance with this specification. The burden of proof for compliancewith this specification shall be the responsibility of the vendor, manufacturer,or both.

6.4. CHASSIS PRODUCTION ORDER:

6.4.1. Attachment:
One (1) copy of the production order or "line setting ticket"listing both standard and optional equipment installed on the chassis mustaccompany the chassis to which it pertains upon delivery of the chassisto the bus body manufacturer and to the final destination (receiving SchoolDistrict). The copy of this production order should be contained in a waterproofenvelope and placed in the glove compartment, or it may be secured by othermeans which will assure positive attachment to the chassis [See ParagraphA.6.4.2.]. The production order shall be a printed form and not machinecoded.
6.4.2. Alternative Plate:
In lieu of the production order, the information required abovemay be stamped on a metal plate, either on the vehicle identification plateregularly furnished or on an additional plate. The identification plate(s) shall be attached to the chassis in a conspicuous place and in an accessibleposition in order that it may be easily read.
6.4.3. Removal/Obliteration:
The production order or chassis identification plate referredto above shall not be removed from the chassis by the body manufacturersince it is for the information of the receiving school district. The vehicleidentification plate shall not be obliterated when undercoating or paintis applied to the area where the plate is mounted. The plate shall notbe mutilated or covered when installing equipment such as the heater, heaterhose, or electrical cables.

6.5. LITERATURE AND DRAWINGS: Each bidder shall furnish the following:

6.5.1. Isometric Drawings:
The bidder shall have on file with the Commission, detailedisometric drawings of the bus body showing floor panels, side posts, roofbows, bow-frames, strainers, longitudinal frame members, exterior panels,and front and rear end framing. Each component shall be identified in blockform showing: 1.) the item number, 2.) the type of steel or other metalor material with strength at least equivalent to all steel, and 3.) thedecimal thickness of steel used in the construction. [See Table No. Nine(9)].
6.5.2. Number of Drawings:
On construction items, one (1) drawing will suffice; however,additional drawings shall be furnished on special items and changes ordeviations from common construction whenever such change affects any sizebus. All drawings submitted will be treated as confidential information.Drawings must be approved by the Commission.
6.5.3. Literature:
The bidder shall have on file with the Commission, the latestpamphlets, brochures, and printed literature on the equipment the bidderproposes to furnish to this specification.
6.5.4. Metal Certification:
bidder shall have on file with the Commission, a statementcertifying that the metal used in Texas School Buses conforms to the NSSB.NSSB requires galvanized steel to meet the requirements of the one-thousand(1,000) hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM Standard B 117 andshall not lose more than ten percent (10%) of material by weight.

6.6. MANUFACTURER'S STATEMENT OF ORIGIN:

The vendor, successful bidder, shall furnish the Commissionwith the Manufacturer's Statement of Origin which shall include the mileageaccrued at the time of delivery to the school district. The Certificateof Title will not meet this requirement. The manufacturer's New VehicleWarranty and major component parts warranties [See Paragraph A.10.4.] shallbe furnished to the receiving school district. [See Paragraph. A.7.6.].

6.7. TEMPORARY LICENSE TAGS:

Red temporary license tags shall be issued by the vendor foruse with each new bus delivered [See Paragraph B.4.2.].

A.7. DELIVERY:

7.1. DELIVERY PROCEDURE:

The delivery of a bus to any specified destination may be madeby any normal delivery procedure which the manufacturer or distributorutilizes. The bus body distributor must guarantee the equipment to be freeof damage as a result of the type of delivery. If any damage is causedby or during delivery that can be established within six (6) months afterdelivery to any district, then the school must be compensated for suchdamage by the contractor. It shall be the obligation and responsibilityof each body manufacturer to check and inspect each chassis delivered tothe body manufacturer's plant to ascertain that the chassis is free ofany damage which might have occurred as a result of the type of delivery.

7.2. DELIVERY ON SCHEDULE:

Delivery on schedule is critical. The ability to deliver asspecified in the Invitation for Bid will be a factor in making awards.A vendor who fails to make delivery in accordance with the terms of thepurchase order shall be liable for actual damage suffered by the State.The amount of such damages shall be determined by the Commission.

7.3. DELIVERY TIME:

Buses may be delivered to the receiving school districts onlybetween the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, excludingholidays. Deliveries at other times are not to be made without atleast 24 hours notice and only then with the expressed writtenconsent and approval of the receiving school district. The person deliveringthe bus shall present a delivery receipt to the responsible school personneland obtain that school official's signature before delivery is consideredcomplete. [See Paragraph A.7.6.]

7.4. LATE DELIVERIES:

Failure by the vendor to deliver buses, caused directly bynatural disaster, war, civil disturbance, Federal Law and regulations,or labor disputes, which are beyond control of the contractor, will notcause the damages described in Paragraph A.7.2. to be assessed, but willnot prohibit the district from canceling the order.

7.5. LATE DELIVERY NOTIFICATION:

The vendor shall notify the Commission and the district, inwriting, at least twenty (20) days in advance of the scheduled deliverydate. The notice shall indicate the anticipated delivery date and the specificcause of this delay. Failure to notify the Commission shall be cause todisqualify the bid.
In addition, a vendor who has orders for buses which have notbeen delivered in accordance with the terms of the purchase order shallsubmit a monthly report to "Purchaser U", Central Procurement Services,General Services Commission by the fifteenth (15th) day of each month.The report shall contain the following information: (1) purchase ordernumber; (2) school district name; (3) reason for the late delivery; (4)current status; and (5) expected delivery date.

7.6. PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE:

The vendor or the vendor's representative responsible for thefinal delivery shall attach a signed certificate to the bus stating thatthe following service was performed and that inspection indicates the busis in good condition and ready for delivery. The following service on thechassis and body shall be performed before the bus is delivered to thereceiving school district:
7.6.1. Chassis lubrication, complete.
7.6.2. Check all fluid levels and maintain proper gradeand types of fluids.
7.6.3. Clean and wash interior and exterior of bus.
7.6.4. Pre-delivery inspection and service on chassis.

A.8. INSPECTION:

Inspection shall be by and at the discretion of the Commissionor its designated agent and may be performed either at the place of manufacture,at the vendor's facility in Texas, or at the final destination, or a combinationof these. The authorized State Inspector shall have access to the manufacturer'splant during all normal working hours in order to make all necessary inspectionsduring the process of manufacture and assembly. This does not precludethe school districts' personnel from making inspections during manufacture,before or after acceptance of delivery. The school district's personnelare urged to make detailed inspections, especially upon delivery, and reportany discrepancy or discrepancies to the Commission. Any such discrepanciesfound during or after manufacturing shall be immediately corrected to thesatisfaction of the Commission, at no charge, by the manufacturer or distributor.

A.9. TERMS, INVOICING AND PAYMENT:

9.1. INVOICE, VENDOR'S:

9.1.1. School District's Copies:
The vendor shall submit the invoice to the school districtat the address shown on the purchase order. The invoice must certify thatthe buses delivered meet or exceed the requirements and conditions of thisspecification. [See Paragraph A.6.3.].
9.1.2. PAYMENTS, DISPUTED:
If the school district believes that there is an error in aninvoice submitted for payment, the school district shall notify the vendorwho submitted the invoice of the alleged error not later than the twenty-first(21st) day after the date on which the invoice is received. A copy of thenotice to the vendor shall be forwarded to "Purchaser U", Central ProcurementServices, General Services Commission.

A.10. WARRANTY AND SERVICE:

10.1. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY:

Each successful bidder is ultimately responsible for and mustassure the State that any warranty service shall be performed to the satisfactionof the Commission, regardless of whether the successful bidder or the bidder'sagent performs the warranty work on school buses [See Paragraph A.10.4.].If there is a question of whether it is the responsibility of the bodyor the chassis manufacturer to repair a given defect, then it shall automaticallybecome the prime contractor's and/or successful bidder's responsibilityto see that the repair (s) is made to the satisfaction of the receivingschool district and the Commission.

10.2. DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP:

In the event that an error is discovered or conclusive proofof defective workmanship and/or materials is found on any body or chassisafter acceptance and payment has been made, the successful bidder shallmake such repairs as required at the vendor's expense.

10.3. PENALTIES:

Upon refusal of the prime contractor and/or successful bidderto make satisfactory adjustment (s), the Commission reserves the rightto claim and recover from said prime contractor and/or successful bidderby due process of law, such sums as may be sufficient to correct the erroror make good the defect in material and/or workmanship.

10.4. WARRANTY WORK AND GENERAL TERMS OF WARRANTIES:

The Commission's purchase orders for school buses are issuedto a single distributor or vendor. This distributor or vendor has the ultimateresponsibility of insuring the delivery of a bus that meets Texas specificationsin all details and is free of defects in materials and workmanship. Inaddition, the bus body and chassis are warranted against defects in materialsand workmanship by the bus body manufacturing company and the chassis manufacturer,respectively. The warranty on a school bus is thus a dual warranty. Thefollowing are general terms of the warranties; however, for specific coverageof any item on a school bus, please refer to the warranty literature providedat time of vehicle delivery.
10.4.1. Air Conditioner:
Basic coverage for chassis and body parts is for twelve (12)months as specified in manufacturer's warranty document. The air conditioningmanufacturer shall have service facilities available in each of the five(5) zones within the State of Texas [See Figure No. Three (3)]. For serviceon units provided by chassis manufacturer, contact local chassis dealer;for service on other makes, contact the vendor.
10.4.2. Automatic Transmission:
Basic coverage is for twelve (12) months, twelve-thousand (12,000)miles, whichever occurs first, and as more specifically defined in themanufacturer's warranty document included with delivery of the vehicle.For service, contact the chassis or transmission dealer, or authorizedservice outlet as specified in the warranty pamphlet.
10.4.2.1. Allison Transmission Division (ATD): transmissionsare warranted for thirty-six (36) months, unlimited mileage, at one-hundredpercent (100%) cost of parts and labor. An extended warranty for forty-eight(48) months or sixty (60) months is available at extra cost.
10.4.3. Batteries:
Twelve (12) months or twelve-thousand (12,000) miles, whicheveroccurs first. Battery warranties are included with the chassis warranty.For service contact the local dealer as specified in the battery warrantydocument.
10.4.4. Bus Body:
A minimum of twelve (12) months beginning on the date of deliveryto the user. For service contact the vendor identified on the school buspurchase order issued by the Commission.
10.4.5. Bus Chassis:
Twelve (12) months or twelve-thousand (12,000) miles, whicheveroccurs first, beginning on the date of delivery [See delayed chassis warranty,Paragraph A.10.4.6.]. For warranty service and repairs on the bus chassis:
10.4.5.1. First: Contact the chassis dealer recommended bythe vendor, as shown on the school bus purchase order issued by the Commission,or any other convenient chassis dealer. If the problems are not satisfactorilyresolved.
10.4.5.2. Second: Call the Zone Service Manager, Representative,or Engineer listed below for assistance. The dealer Principal may be askedto assist in this contact.
CHEVROLET 
Light-Duty Fleet Service Manager 
972-541-5447 
FORD--DALLASZONE 
Jerold Sheets 
Heavy Truck Service Engineer 
972-417-6254
FORD--HOUSTONZONE 
Ron Canal 
Heavy Truck Service Engineer 
281-320-7605 
GMC 
Rick Deets Medium-Duty Fleet ZoneService Mrg. 
810-745-7101 
972-541-5150 
1-800-322-7181 Woodfiel 
NAVISTAR 
Mike Laird 
972-377-1200 
FREIGHTLINER 
Patrick Bruns 
Technical Sales Manager 
864-488-8720 
10.4.5.3. Third: If theproblems are still not satisfactorily resolved, notify the vendor by letterwith a copy to:
Purchaser "U"
Central Procurement Services
General Services Commission
P. O. Box 13186
Austin, Texas 78711-3047
10.4.5.4. Last: If the above action does not resolve the problem,you may use the form provided in the appendix of this specification tocontact the Commission.
10.4.6. Delayed Chassis Warranty:
In case the bus is delivered during the summer months and willnot be placed in service or used until the start of the fall term, theschool district can obtain a delayed warranty by:
10.4.6.1. Making application for the delayed warranty throughthe following steps, is the responsibility of the school district and mustbe done within fifteen (15) working days after the date the bus is deliveredor the warranty starts at time of delivery :
10.4.6.2. Contacting the local chassis dealer for a delayedstarting date for warranty service (i.e., start of school or date bus placedin service). The local dealer will verify the chassis mileage and recordthe starting date for bus use.
However, if the bus is used before the starting date, the delayedwarranty date is voided and the warranty date automatically becomes thedelivery date.
Any questions should be addressed to the local chassis dealeror to the Commission.
10.4.7. Diesel Engines, Mid-Range (35-83 passenger):
Five (5) years or fifty-thousand (50,000) miles, whicheveroccurs first. Extended warranties are available at extra cost. For servicecontact the chassis dealer.
10.4.8. Tires:
Tires and tubes are covered by the tire manufacturer's adjustmentpolicies as specified in the manufacturer's pamphlet included with thevehicle delivery.
10.4.9. Wheelchair Lifts:
All component parts including frame welds, gear box, and motorare warranted for twelve (12) months and are specifically defined in themanufacturer's literature included with the vehicle delivery. Warrantyon wheelchair lifts with frames manufactured of aluminum shall be a minimumof twenty-four (24) months on frame rails and a minimum of eighteen (18)months on gear box and motor; all other components shall be warranted fortwelve (12) months [See Paragraph G.1.5.1.].

B. ORDERING INFORMATION

B.1. GENERAL INFORMATION:

1.1. PASSENGER CAPACITY:

The definition of passenger capacity, as used in this specification,has reference to seat space (width) allotted for each pupil. Based on Nationalheight and weight percentile averages specified in Federal Highway SafetyGuidelines Standard No. 17. Approximately thirteen inches (13") per pupilhas been established for designating bus body passenger capacities.

1.2. REDUCED PASSENGER CAPACITY:

The thirteen inch (13") figure must be considered when orderingschool buses since passenger capacity may be reduced when junior high,high school, or adult passengers are primary passengers. As an example,for larger students in which only two (2) students can be accommodatedper seat, then a 71-passenger school bus may only seat about forty-eight(48) students. Other capacity buses will likewise seat fewer than the statedcapacity. If there is a question about seating capacity in regular or wheelchair-equippedschool buses, please consult with school bus body vendors or manufacturersbefore ordering.

B.2. ORDERING:

Complete school buses, school bus bodies, or school bus chassisshall be requisitioned using the Requisition Form (or a copy) furnishedwithin this document. Please refer to the facsimile requisition form onthe pages following the options. More than one (1) bus may be requisitionedon one (1) form provided all are the same size. "Chassis" or "Bodies" onlyshould be ordered on separate requisitions from "complete" school buses:

2.1. PREPARATION OF THE REQUISITION:

2.1.1. COMPLETE UPPER SECTION:
All of the information requested in the upper portion of therequisition form should be completed by the ordering school district withthe exception of the space provided for the Commission Requisition Number.This space is for Commission use only. Note that automatic or manual transmissionmust be selected and checked (vendor's choice otherwise). Statequantity and the size (capacity) of buses desired and specify the type(e.g., either Conventional or Forward Control) being ordered. PLEASE NOTETHAT THE REQUISITION FORM IS VALID UNTIL MODIFIED.
2.1.2. SELECT REGULAR OPTIONS:
Select from the list of regular options for the size bus beingordered, the desired option (s) by making a check mark or an "X" next tothe number.
2.1.3. BID REVIEW:
School districts have the right to examine bids received priorto award in order to determine funds availability [See Paragraph A.5.1.].School districts shall indicate in the appropriate section on the requisitiontheir desire to initiate this review. Vendors are required to provide priceprotection for sixty (60) days from the bid opening. After this review,school districts must notify the Commission of their desire to award tothe lowest bidder meeting specifications before the sixty (60) day priceprotection time constraint expires.

2.2 . SPECIAL OPTIONS:

List, on the back of the requisition, or on a separate sheetof paper with the requisitioning agency or school district letterhead,any listed special optional equipment required by item number. First, checkto see if the item is listed in the above Regular Options; if so use thatlist for ordering. This second sheet should be dated and identified withthe School District Requisition Number.

2.3. MAILING ADDRESS: Mail the Requisition and the Certification Formto:

Purchaser "U"
Central Procurement Services
General Services Commission
P. O. Box 13186
Austin, Texas 78711-3047
For further information, call: (512) 463-3369

B.3. SERVICE OR SHOP MANUALS:

School districts desiring chassis service or shop manuals mayobtain them separately for school buses ordered by corresponding directlywith the following manufacturers:
ALLISONTRANSMISSIONS 
Stewart & Stevenson 
P.O. Box 1637 
Houston, TX 77251 
CHEVROLETMOTOR DIVISION 
General Motors Corporation 
130 East Carpenter 
Irving, TX 75063 
DODGEDIVISION 
Dyment Distribution Service 
P. O. Box 360450 
Strongville, OH 44136 
FORDMOTOR COMPANY 
Helm, Inc. 
P. O. Box 07150 
Detroit, MI 48207 
1-800-782-4356 
GMCTRUCK & COACH DIVISION 
Dysart, Service Department 
31 Judson 
Pontiac, MI 48058 
NAVISTARINTERNATIONAL 
P. O. Box 655334 
Dallas, TX 75265-5334 
FREIGHTLINER 
Custom Chassis Corporation 
552 Hyatt Street 
Gaffney, SC 29341 
1-864-488-8607 
   

FOR SHOP MANUALS AND/OR INFORMATIONON SCHOOL BUS BODY OPTIONS, ETC., CONTACT:

BLUEBIRD/COLLINS 
Hemphill Bus Sales Inc. 
1501 N. Elm 
Denton, TX 76201 
1-800-633-8513 
CARPENTER/MID-BUS 
Statewide Bus Sales 
1440 S. Loop 12 
Irving, TX 75060 
1-800-460-2877 
THOMAS 
Longhorn Bus Sales 
6921 Homestead Rd. 
Houston, TX 77028 
1-800-392-5356 
AmTRAN& COLLINS 
Texas School Bus Ctr., Inc. 
4800 E. Seventh St. 
Austin, TX 78702 
1-800-382-8390 
VAN-CON 
Texas Bus Sales 
1605 W. 34th St. 
Houston, TX 77206-0213 
1-800-342-8737 
MID-BUS 
Lasseter Bus & Mobility 
820 Office Park Circle 
Lewisville, TX 75057 
1-800-880-5620 
BLUEBIRD 
Capital Bus Sales & 
Service of Texas, Inc. 
P. O. Box 143625 
Austin, TX 78714-3625 
1-800-290-3006 
   

B4. TEMPORARY LICENSE TAGS AND EXEMPT LICENSEPLATES:

4.1. EXEMPT LICENSE PLATES:

The following forms are required to obtain exempt license platesat the address shown:
4.1.1. Form 130 U, "Application for Title."
4.1.2. Form 62A, "Application for Exempt Plates."
4.1.3. MSO (Manufacturer's Statement of Origin) or Title.
Exempt license plates must be obtained from:
Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)
Division of Motor Vehicles
ATTN.: Special Plates Section
P.O. Box 26480
Chimney Corners Station
Austin, Texas 78755-0480
512-374-5020

4.2. TEMPORARY LICENSE TAGS:

The vendor shall issue with each bus delivered, temporary,red, license tags [See Paragraph A.6.7.]. TEMPORARY LICENSE TAGS ARELEGAL ONLY FOR A PERIOD OF TWENTY (20) DAYS.

B.5. REGULAR OPTIONS

REGULAR OPTIONS 15- THROUGH 20-PASSENGERBUSES

REGULAR 
OPTION NO. 
DESCRIPTION 
1.  AirConditioning*, Standard Cooling [See Paragraph H]. 
*Special Requirements: Option No. One (1) requires a minimum one-hundredampere (100 amp)  
alternator and five-eighths inch(5/8") nominal thickness plywood installed over the steel floor. 
2.  AirConditioning, Extra Cooling [See Paragraph H.1.5]. 
4.  Alternator,one-hundred ampere (100 amp) minimum for "Type A" buses and minimum ofone-hundred-thirty ampere (130 amp) for "Type B" buses Required with OptionNo.'s 1 or 35. [See Paragraph D.4.1.3.]. 
8.  DieselEngine [See Tables Three (3) through Seven (7)]. 
10.  Door,Powered Service, manufacturer's standard (Not available on Sedan type doors)[See Paragraph C.2.14.3.] 
11.  Door,Service, Automotive Sedan Type (for 18- and 19-passenger buses only; [SeeFigure Number One (No. 1) and Tables Five and Six (5-6)]. 
12.  FuelTank, Increased Capacity, conventional fuels [See Paragraph D.3.3.2.]. 
13.  Glazing,Dark Tint, Passenger Side Windows, a minimum light transmittance of thirtypercent (30%) and a maximum light transmittance of forty percent (40%)[See Paragraph C.2.19.3.]. 
14.  Heater,Rear, auxiliary [See Paragraph C.3.4]. 
15.  Hubodometer[See Paragraph D.2.2.4]. 
16.  KneeSpacing (maximum allowed by FMVSS No. 222; requires deleting one (1) rowof seats (five (5) positions) which will reduce seating capacity. (Notavailable on 16- and 19-passenger buses) 
RegularSeating Capacity 15  16  18  19  20 
Rowsof Seats 4/5 
MinimumKnee Space, inches 27  27  27  28  28 
REGULAR 
OPTION NO. 
DESCRIPTION 
17.  LaminatedSafety Plate Glass, AS-2 or better [See Paragraph C.2.19.2.2.]. 
20.  ReflectiveMaterial: [See Paragraph C.3.7.]. 
21.  SchoolName Lettering, both sides of bus [See Paragraph C.1.4.9.]. 
23.  SeatBelts (Standard on 15-20 passenger buses). 
24.  SecuritySystem Lock, All Doors (with ignition disconnect on emergency door). 
25.  SoundAbatement Insulation (shall reduce interior noise by four (4) decibels,minimum). 
26.  StudentSafety Crossing Gate [See Paragraph C.3.10.]. 
27.  StrobeLight, Roof-mounted [See Paragraph C.3.8.]. 
28.  Tachograph,zero to eighty miles per hour (0-80 mph), twelve (12) volt (with seven(7) day four-and-seven-eighths inch (4-7/8") disc chart and electronicclock/speedometer/recorder; [See Paragraph D.5.6.]. 
31.  ToolCompartment [See Paragraph C.3.11.]. 
32.  Wheel,Spare, unmounted (without carrier, tire, or tube); [See Paragraph D.2.6.2.]. 
36.  WheelchairLift, Folding Platform Type, Right Curb Side Mounted (15-20 passenger busesonly; with _______ wheelchair positions. Will reduce seating capacity).* 
*For Option No. 35, the school district must specify the number of wheelchairpositions  
required on bus. 
37.  WheelchairRestraints, Webbed-belt Type (for unusual wheelchairs which cannot otherwisebe restrained); [See Paragraph G.3.]. 
39.  WhiteRoof [See Paragraph C.1.4.2]. 
40.  Windows,push-out, additional (for emergency exit), (indicate quantity per side) __________ [See Paragraph C.2.4.2.]. 
41.  PassengerSeats, specialized with integral child restraint system. Integral means"a built-in feature," systems not built into the seat do not qualify. (Indicate quantity). 

REGULAR OPTIONS 24- THROUGH 77-PASSENGERBUSES

REGULAR 
OPTION NO. 
DESCRIPTION 
1.  AirConditioning*, Standard Cooling [See Paragraph H]. 
*Special Requirements: Option No. One (1) requires a minimum one-hundred-thirtyampere (130 amp) alternator and five-eighths inch (5/8") nominal thicknessplywood installed over the steel floor. 
2.  AirConditioning, Extra Cooling (Not available on 77-passenter buses)[See ParagraphH.1.5.]. 
3.  AlternativeFuel Engines (Availability selective. Select from 3A or 3B): The powerunits (engines) furnished for the respective size and style bus shall beoperable on alternative fuels, as determined by the Texas Natural ResourcesConservation Commission (TNRCC). The power unit shall be the chassis manufacturer'sstandard or optional engine for the vehicle type, which meets or exceedsthe power requirements specified herein, at the engine manufacturer's ratedoperating speed. The engine may be of a standard production design or retrofittedfor alternative fuels only by the engine Original Equipment Manufacturer(OEM) or any duly certified and/or approved manufacturer designated bythe OEM, and certified/ licensed by the Texas Railroad Commission (RRC),as applicable. The engine shall be of such design and construction thatit will give an even flow of power at all engine speeds without undue vibration,strain, or overheating of engine components. The fuel system shall meetall applicable FMVSS and The Railroad Commission of Texas certificationand/or licensing requirements. These vehicles shall be fully operationalat delivery to the district without any additional modification or adjustments[See Paragraph D.5.3.3.]. Alternatively fueled engines shall be OEM warrantedfor a period of not less than five (5) years/fifty-thousand (50,000) miles,and shall include all engine and emission parts and fuel system components.The engine manufacturer or approved designate, may upgrade engines in thefield to improve durability, reliability, or emissions with the approvalof the ordering agency. 
3A.  CompressedNatural Gas (CNG): The engine shall be capable of operating on compressednatural gas, as defined herein, in a mono- or bi-fuel mode, as specifiedin the Invitation for Bid. The engine, fuel system, and all componentsshall meet all applicable FMVSS requirements. The fuel tank (s) shall beconstructed of appropriate material for a fuel storage system for compressednatural gas and be enclosed in a cage meeting the same requirements asrequired for traditional fuels. (Internal check valves may be furnishedin lieu of cages.) Minimum mileage range shall be seventy-five (75) milesor as specified in the Invitation for Bid. 
3B.  LiquefiedPetroleum Gas (LPG): The engine shall be capable of operating on liquefiedpetroleum gas, as defined herein. The engine, fuel system, and all componentsshall meet all applicable FMVSS requirements. The fuel tank (s) shall beconstructed of appropriate material for a fuel storage system for liquefiedpetroleum gas. Minimum mileage range shall be seventy-five (75) miles oras specified in the Invitation for Bid. 
4.  Alternator,One-hundred-sixty ampere (160 amp) minimum (required with Option No.'s1, 34, or 35); [See Paragraph F.4.1.2.]. 
5.  Axle,Rear, Two-speed (Not available with automatic transmission). 
6.  Brakes,Hydraulic (for 24-, 35-, 47-, and 53-passenger buses only). 
7.  Chassis,Long Wheelbase (Requires minimum two-hundred-seventy-four inch (274") wheelbasefor 71-passenger conventional bus only; or one-hundred-fifty-two inch (152")wheelbase for 24-passenger bus only). 
8.  DieselEngine (For 24- through 77-passenger buses); [See conventional buses inTables 12 through 28.]. 
9.  Differential,No-spin. 
10.  Door,Powered Service, manufacturer's standard [See Paragraph E.2.15.5.]. 
11.  Door,Service, Sedan-type, manually operated (24-71 Pass. Bus only). 
12.  FuelTank, Increased Capacity, conventional fuel [See Paragraph F.3.3.2.]. 
13.  Glazing,Dark Tint, Passenger Side Windows, a minimum light transmittance of thirtypercent (30%) and a maximum light transmittance of forty percent (40%)[See Paragraph E.2.19.3.1.]. 
14.  Heater,Rear, auxiliary [See Paragraph E.3.6.]. 
15.  Hubodometer[See Paragraph D.2.2.4.]. 
16.  KneeSpacing (Maximum allowed by FMVSS No. 222; requires deleting one (1) row(six (6) positions) of seats which will reduce seating capacity). 
RegularSeating Capacity 24 35 47 53 59 65 71-S 71-L 77
Rowsof Seats 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 11 12
MinimumKnee Space, inches 27 28 28 27.75  28 27.75  27.75  27.75  27.75 
REGULAR 
OPTION NO. 
DESCRIPTION 
17.  LaminatedSafety Plate Glass, AS-2 or better [See Paragraph E.2.19.2.2.]. 
18.  Lowprofile tires. 
19.  MudFlaps, with Brackets, Mounted [See Paragraph E.3.10.]. There shall be noadvertisement on mud flaps. 
20.  ReflectiveMaterial [See Paragraph E.3.9.]. 
21.  SchoolName Lettering, both sides of bus [See Paragraph E.1.4.9.]. 
22.  SeatBacks, Increased Height [See Paragraph E.2.13.1.]. 
23.  SeatBelts (For each passenger seating position); [See Paragraph E.3.13.]. 
24.  SecuritySystem Lock, All Doors (With ignition disconnect on emergency door). 
25.  SoundAbatement Insulation (shall reduce interior noise by four (4) decibels,minimum). 
26.  StudentSafety Crossing Gate [See Paragraph E.3.16.]. 
27.  StrobeLight, Roof-mounted [See Paragraph E.3.12.]. 
28.  Tachograph,Zero to eighty miles per hour (0-80 mph), twelve (12) volt (with seven(7) day four-and-seven-eighths inch (4-7/8") disc chart and electronicclock/speedometer/recorder; [See Paragraph F.5.9.]. 
29.  Tachometer(To indicate engine RPM). 
30.  Tires,Mud and Snow Tread (For Rear Wheels only). 
31.  ToolCompartment [See Paragraph E.3.17.]. 
32.  Wheel,Spare, Unmounted (Without carrier, tire, or tube); [See Paragraph F.2.6.2.2.]. 
33.  Wheel,Spare, Mounted (with carrier but not tire and tube; carrier not availableon 24-passenger bus); [See Paragraph F.2.6.2.1.]. 
34.  WheelchairLift, Folding Platform Type, Front Curb Side Mounted (For 24- through 71-passengerbus only); [See Paragraph G.]* 
*For Option Nos. 33 and 34, the school district must specify the numberof wheelchair 
positions required on bus. 
35.  WheelchairLift, Folding Platform Type, Rear Curb Side Mounted. Same as Option No.35 (for 15-20 passenger buses) except floor-mounted on rear curbside of bus [See Paragraph G.]6. This option is recommended only for buseswhich will have a regular attendant in addition to the driver 
37.  WheelchairRestraints, Webbed-belt Type (For unusual wheelchairs which cannot otherwisebe restrained); [See Paragraph G.3.]. 
39.  WhiteRoof [See Paragraph E.1.4.1.]. 
40.  Windows,push-out, additional (for emergency exit), (Indicate quantity per side) _______ [See Paragraph E.2.19.1.5.] 
41.  Passengerseats, specialized with integral child restraint system. Integral means"a built-in feature," systems not built into the seat do not qualify. (Indicate quantity). 

REGULAR OPTIONS 83-PASSENGER BUSES

REGULAR 
OPTION NO. 
DESCRIPTION 
1.  AirConditioning*, Standard Cooling [See Paragraph H]. 
*Special Requirements: Option No. One (1) requires a minimum one-hundred-sixtyampere 
(160 amp) alternator and five-eighthsinch (5/8") nominal thickness plywood installed over the steel floor. 
2.  AirConditioning, Extra Cooling (Not available on 77-passenter buses)[See ParagraphH.1.5.]. 
3.  AlternativeFuel Engines (Availability selective. Select from 3A or 3B): The powerunits (engines) furnished for the respective size and style bus shall beoperable on alternative fuels, as determined by the Texas Natural ResourcesConservation Commission (TNRCC). The power unit shall be the chassis manufacturer'sstandard or optional engine for the vehicle type, which meets or exceedsthe power requirements specified herein, at the engine manufacturer's ratedoperating speed. The engine may be of a standard production design or retrofittedfor alternative fuels only by the engine Original Equipment Manufacturer(OEM) or any duly certified and/or approved manufacturer designated bythe OEM, and certified/ licensed by the Texas Railroad Commission (RRC),as applicable. The engine shall be of such design and construction thatit will give an even flow of power at all engine speeds without undue vibration,strain, or overheating of engine components. The fuel system shall meetall applicable FMVSS and The Railroad Commission of Texas certificationand/or licensing requirements. These vehicles shall be fully operationalat delivery to the district without any additional modification or adjustments[See Paragraph D.5.3.3.]. Alternatively fueled engines shall be OEM warrantedfor a period of not less than five (5) years/fifty-thousand (50,000) miles,and shall include all engine and emission parts and fuel system components.The engine manufacturer or approved designate, may upgrade engines in thefield to improve durability, reliability, or emissions with the approvalof the ordering agency. 
3A.  CompressedNatural Gas (CNG): The engine shall be capable of operating on compressednatural gas, as defined herein, in a mono- or bi-fuel mode, as specifiedin the Invitation for Bid. The engine, fuel system, and all componentsshall meet all applicable FMVSS requirements. The fuel tank (s) shall beconstructed of appropriate material for a fuel storage system for compressednatural gas and be enclosed in a cage meeting the same requirements asrequired for traditional fuels. (Internal check valves may be furnishedin lieu of cages.) Minimum mileage range shall be seventy-five (75) milesor as specified in the Invitation for Bid. 
3B.  LiquefiedPetroleum Gas (LPG): The engine shall be capable of operating on liquefiedpetroleum gas, as defined herein. The engine, fuel system, and all componentsshall meet all applicable FMVSS requirements. The fuel tank (s) shall beconstructed of appropriate material for a fuel storage system for liquefiedpetroleum gas. Minimum mileage range shall be seventy-five (75) miles oras specified in the Invitation for Bid. 
4.  Alternator,One-hundred-sixty ampere (160 amp) minimum (required with Option No.'s1, 34, or 35); [See Paragraph F.4.1.2.].  

Note: Regular Option Numbers Fivethrough Eight (5--8) are not applicable on the 24-passenger through 77-passengerbuses. 

9.  Differential,No-spin. 
10.  Door,Powered Service, manufacturer's standard [See Paragraph E.2.15.5.]. 
12.  FuelTank, Increased Capacity, conventional fuel [See Paragraph F.3.3.2.]. 
13.  Glazing,Dark Tint, Passenger Side Windows, a minimum light transmittance of thirtypercent (30%) and a maximum light transmittance of forty percent (40%)[See Paragraph E.2.19.3.1.]. 
14.  Heater,Rear, auxiliary [See Paragraph E.3.6.]. 
15.  Hubodometer[See Paragraph D.2.2.4.]. 
16.  KneeSpacing (Maximum allowed by FMVSS No. 222; requires deleting one (1) row(six (6) positions) of seats which will reduce seating capacity). 
RegularSeating Capacity 83 
Rowsof Seats  13 
MinimumKnee Space, inches  27 
REGULAR 
OPTION NO. 
DESCRIPTION 
17.  LaminatedSafety Plate Glass, AS-2 or better [See Paragraph E.2.19.2.2.]. 
18.  Lowprofile tires. 
19.  MudFlaps, with Brackets, Mounted [See Paragraph E.3.10.]. There shall be noadvertisement on mud flaps. 
20.  ReflectiveMaterial [See Paragraph E.3.9.]. 
21.  SchoolName Lettering, both sides of bus [See Paragraph E.1.4.9.]. 
22.  SeatBacks, Increased Height [See Paragraph E.2.13.1.]. 
23.  SeatBelts (For each passenger seating position); [See Paragraph E.3.13.]. 
24.  SecuritySystem Lock, All Doors (With ignition disconnect on emergency door). 
25.  SoundAbatement Insulation (shall reduce interior noise by four (4) decibels,minimum). 
26.  StudentSafety Crossing Gate [See Paragraph E.3.16.]. 
27.  StrobeLight, Roof-mounted [See Paragraph E.3.12.]. 
28.  Tachograph,Zero to eighty miles per hour (0-80 mph), twelve (12) volt (with seven(7) day four-and-seven-eighths inch (4-7/8") disc chart and electronicclock/speedometer/recorder; [See Paragraph F.5.9.]. 
29.  Tachometer(To indicate engine RPM). 
30.  Tires,Mud and Snow Tread (For Rear Wheels only). 
31.  ToolCompartment [See Paragraph E.3.17.]. 
32.  Wheel,Spare, Unmounted (Without carrier, tire, or tube); [See Paragraph F.2.6.2.2.]. 
39.  WhiteRoof [See Paragraph E.1.4.1.]. 
40.  Windows,push-out, additional (for emergency exit), (Indicate quantity per side) _______ [See Paragraph E.2.19.1.5.] 
41.  Passengerseats, specialized with integral child restraint system. Integral means"a built-in feature," systems not built into the seat do not qualify. (Indicate quantity). 

C. 15- THROUGH 20-PASSENGER BODY SPECIFICATIONS

C.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.1. BODY PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:

The physical requirements for 15- through 20-passenger schoolbus bodies shall conform to Table No. One (1). [See Option No. 15 and ParagraphA.1.3.]:

TABLE NO. ONE (1) PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS

Column(1) 
MINIMUM 
SIZE 
Column(2) 
OVERALL 
BODY 
WIDTH 
Column(3) 
KNEE 
SPACINGS1 
Column(4) 
SEAT WIDTH 
LEFT 2 RIGHT 
Column(5) 
center 
AISLE  
WIDTH 
Column(6) 
FLOOR-TO-CEILING  
HEIGHT3 
Numberof 
Passengers 
Inches 
Maximum 
Inches 
Minimum 
Inches 
Minimum 
Inches 
Minimum 
Inches 
Minimum 
15  96  24  30* -- 30**  12 
16  96  25  30* -- 30   12  72 
18  96  24  30 -- 30**   12  63 
19  96  25  39* -- 26  12  62 
20  96  25  39 -- 26   12  72 
1Column No. 3: Knee space is defined as the horizontal distance fromthe front center of a seat back to the rear center of the seat back orbarrier immediately ahead, measured at approximately four inches (4") abovethe seat cushion.
2Column No. 4: *Left rear seat shall have minimum width of twenty-sixinches (26"). **Twenty-six inches (26") is permitted if twenty-six and/orthirty-nine inches (26"/39") combination is provided. 
3Column No. 6: Floor-to-ceiling height shall be measured in the centerof the body between the Number Two pillar and the last side body pillarahead of the rear roof slope. 
1.1.1. Interior Width:
Fifteen passenger (15-) through 20-passenger school buses shallhave a minimum interior width of seventy inches (70") at the shoulder levelof a seated ninety percentile (90%) male passenger [See Table No.'s Threethrough Seven (3-7)].

1.2. BUMPERS, REAR:

The rear bumper shall be either the chassis manufacturer'sstandard bumper or it shall be furnished by the body manufacturer. It shallbe secured to the rear chassis frame and it shall be designed so as toprevent "hitching of rides" by obtaining a toe-hold thereon. The bumpershall not be permanently attached to the bus body. The bumper fabricatedby the bus body manufacturer shall be of pressed steel channel at leastthree-sixteenths inch (3/16") thick by eight inches (8") high and shallwrap around the body, extending forward for at least twelve inches (12")on each side. It must be bolted to the chassis frame and braced with materialof at least equal impact ratio as the material in the bumper.

1.3. CEILING:

The ceiling shall be free of all projections likely to causeinjury to passengers. [See Table No. One (1) and Paragraph C.2.8.].

1.4. COLORS AND LETTERING:

A first quality black enamel (Color No. 17038 of Federal StandardNo. 595a) or decals shall be used for lettering and trim. The propertiesof the black enamel shall be equal to those of the finish coat enamel.Pressure-sensitive tape or decals are acceptable for trim or lettering(e.g., EMERGENCY DOOR, EMERGENCY EXIT, SCHOOL NAME LETTERING, etc. signs)provided they are made from Faison R 200, 3M Series 180, or approved equalmaterial. Exit signs and Lettering shall be in compliance with FMVSS No.217.
1.4.1. Bumpers:
Bumpers for "Type A" school buses shall be the manufacturer'sstandard color; bumpers for "Type B" school buses shall be finished inblack (Color No. 17038).
1.4.2. Body Exterior:
The exterior of the complete bus except for rub rails shallbe finished in school bus yellow (Color No. 13432 of Federal Standard No.595a). The hood may be coated with non-reflective school bus yellow paint.When so specified in the Invitation for Bid (See Option No. 38), the schoolbus roof shall be painted white. The white paint on the roof shall extendfrom the back of the front cap to the front of the rear cap and from apoint on each side of the bus which is no lower than the top of the windowsand no higher than the start of the roof curvature. The white paint shallbe the same quality as the paint on the remainder of the school bus.
1.4.3. Body Interior:
Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, the interiorof the complete bus body shall be finished in the manufacturer's standardcolor except where clear-coated galvanized steel or aluminum is used [SeeParagraph C.2.8.].
1.4.4. Emergency Exit Lettering:
The emergency exits shall be marked "EMERGENCY DOOR" or "EMERGENCYEXIT," both on the outside and/or on the inside in compliance with FMVSSNo. 217. All applicable requirements of FMVSS No. 217 relating to instructions,outlining, and markings shall be met.
1.4.5. Exterior Mirror Backs:
The metal backs of all exterior mirrors, if painted, shallbe finished in lusterless black (Color No. 37038; [See Paragraphs C.3.5.3and C.3.5.5.].
1.4.6. Grilles:
Grilles may be painted either the same color as the exteriorof the bus body or they may be argent, gray, or a bright finish (chrome,chromed-plastic, or anodized aluminum).
1.4.7. Logos:
No logo, trademark, insignia, or letters shall be placed onbumpers or mud flaps. A small metal or plastic plate designating body manufacturer'sname may be attached to the bus body. A logo of reasonable size, whichhas been approved by the Commission, may be placed on the exterior busbody.
1.4.8. Rub Rails:
All rub rails, except the pressed-in type window level rubrails, shall be painted black (Color No. 17038). The pressed-in type rubrails shall be painted either black (Color No. 17038) or school bus yellow(Color No. 13432) at the option of the manufacturer.
1.4.9. School Bus Lettering:
The bus body shall have the words "SCHOOL BUS" on the frontroof cap, the rear roof cap, and on both sides of the bus body appliedwith black paint (Color No. 17038 of Federal Standard No. 595a). The lettersshall be neat, clearly defined block style eight inches (8") high withone inch (1") wide strokes. The words "SCHOOL BUS" shall be at the samelevel on each side of the bus (i.e., same height above bottom of skirt).Lettering shall be placed as high as possible without impairment of itsvisibility.
"SCHOOL BUS" lettering shall have a reflective background.This is not optional. Option No. 19, Reflective Materials, applies onlyto: diagonal marking of front and/or rear bumpers; outlining the rear perimeterof the bus body; and striping the sides of the bus body.
Required lettering and numbering shall include:
District or company name or owner of the bus shall be displayedin the beltline.
Bus identification number shall be displayed on the front,the rear, and the sides of the bus body.
1.4.10. School Name Lettering:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.20], the school district name shall be provided in black letters on bothsides of the bus near the belt line using decals or with black paint. Letteringshall be minimum five (5") inches high with minimum five-eighths inch (5/8")block strokes. Paint, if used, shall be equal in quality to that of thebus body paint; decals shall meet or exceed the requirements in ParagraphC.1.4. Maximum number of characters in one (1) line of the name is limitedto thirty (30). The school district should list in the space provided onthe School Bus Requisition Form [See sample form on Page 168], the nameto be placed on the bus. Characters should be typed or printed plainlyon this form to ensure accurate spelling.
1.4.11. Wheels:
Both sides of all wheels, including the spare, shall be finishedin the chassis manufacturer's standard color.
1.4.12. Wheel Covers:
Wheel covers may be bright metal.

1.5. INSULATION, NOISE:

Each school bus shall be constructed so that the noise levelmeasured at the ear of the occupant nearest the primary vehicle noise sourceshall not exceed eighty-five (85) decibels, when tested in accordance withthe procedure given in the Noise Test Procedure of NSSB. [See Option No.24].

1.6. INSULATION, THERMAL:

The ceilings and sidewalls shall be thermally insulated witha fire-resistant material approved by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. toadequately reduce the noise level and to minimize vibrations. Buses shallhave the equivalent of one-and-one-half inches (1-1/2") of fiberglass orother insulation in the ceilings and walls including the interior of hat-shaped bows. Any insulation used shall have a minimum R-factor value of5.77.

1.7. LAMPS, SIGNALS, AND WARNING DEVICES:

Each bus shall be furnished with the lamps listed below [SeeSBMI Standard No. 001]:
1.7.1. Alternately Flashing Signal Lamps:
Each school bus shall be equipped with eight (8) warning signallamps, four (4) red and four (4) amber, working in an automatic or -sequentialintegrated system. The signal lamps shall conform to the design, installation,location and operating requirements in Paragraph S4.1.4. of FMVSS No. 108:
"S4.1.4. Each school bus shall be equipped with a systemof . . .
". . . (b) Four (4) red signal lamps designed to conformto SAE Standard J887, "School Bus Red Signal Lamps," July 1964, and four(4) amber signal lamps designed to conform to that standard, except fortheir color, and except that their candlepower shall be at least two-and-one-half(2-1/2) times that specified for red signal lamps. Both red and amber lampsshall be installed in accordance with SAE Standard J887, except that:
"(i) Each amber signal lamp shall be located near each redsignal lamp at the same level, but closer to the vertical centerline ofthe bus; an
"(ii) The system shall be wired so that the amber signallamps are activated only by manual or foot operation, and if activated,are automatically deactivated and the red signal lamps automatically activatedwhen the bus entrance door is opened."
NOTE: The lamps shall be wired independently and not wiredthrough the ignition switch. This will allow removal of the ignition keywithout affecting operation of the alternately flashing eight warning signallamps.
1.7.1.1. Band: Each set of amber and red lamps shall have aminimum three inch (3") black band around the set and a three inch (3")band between the lamps in each set. The color of this band shall be blackenamel (Color No. 17038, Black Enamel of Federal Standard 595a). If itis not possible to provide a three inch (3") band between the lamps inthe set, the manufacturer will then provide a band as wide as possible.Any visor or hood used to shade the lights and improve visibility willnot interfere with the intensity and photometric performance of the warninglights [See SMBI Standard No. 001].
1.7.1.2. Mounting: If exterior panels are cut to provide anopening for installation of flush-mounted signal lamps, the lamps musthave a closed cell sponge flange gasket with a minimum thickness of three-sixteenthsinch (3/16"). The gasket shall be the full width of the flange on the lamp.Proper installation of the lamps shall be made in order to prevent seepageof moisture into the opening
1.7.1.3. Operating Instructions: Complete instructions forthe detailed operation of the warning signal lamp system shall be furnishedwith each school bus.
1.7.2. Backup Lamps:
The color, requirements, and mounting of backup lamps shallbe in accordance with FMVSS No. 108, except two (2) backup lamps are requiredby Texas Specifications.
1.7.3. Identification Lamps:
Each bus with an overall width of eighty or more inches (80+")shall be furnished with identification lamps installed on the front andrear, three (3) amber lamps in the front and three (3) red lamps in therear. The lamps shall be installed as close as practicable to the top andvertical centerline with lamp centers spaced not less than six inches (6")or more than twelve inches (12") apart. Each identification lamp shallbe the armored flush mounting type for protection of the lens from damageduring normal operation. Armored protectors shall in no way interfere withthe intended purpose of the lamps. The armored type protectors shall beGrote Manufacturing Company, Madison, Indiana 47250, Model No.'s 45012and 45013, or K-D Lamp Company, 1910 Elm Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45210,Model Nos. 38469-901 and 40268-301, or approved equal. [See SBMI StandardNo. 001 and FMVSS No. 108].
Example of an approved equal: Peterson Model - PM 122.
1.7.4. Interior and Stepwell Lamps:
A minimum of two (2) interior dome lamps shall be installedto properly and adequately illuminate the entire aisle and emergency passageway.The stepwell shall be illuminated by a separate lamp activated by openingthe service door. The stepwell lamp shall have a metal bezel.
1.7.5. License Plate Lamp:
The color, requirements, and mounting of the license platelamp shall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108.
1.7.6. Operating Units and Flashers:
The operating units and flashers for turn-signals and vehicularhazard warning signals shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 108.
1.7.7. Tail and Stop Lamps:
The quantities, colors, requirements, and mounting of tailand stop lamps shall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108.
1.7.8. Turn-Signal/Hazard Warning Lamps:
The quantities, colors, requirements, and mountings of turn-signal/hazardwarning lamps shall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108.
1.7.9. Warning Devices:
Each school bus shall be equipped with three (3) triangularwarning devices meeting the requirements of FMVSS No. 125. The devicesshall be packed three (3) per metal or heavy-duty plastic box, or theymay be individually packed in metal or heavy-duty plastic boxes with thethree (3) boxes contained within a carrier. Warning devices shall be securelymounted in the driver's compartment. Triangular warning devices furnishedshall be approved by the Texas Department of Public Safety.

1.8. LICENSE PLATE HOLDER:

A license plate holder shall be mounted on the rear of thebus body. The holder shall be designed so that the license plate will receiveillumination from the clear lens on the underneath side of the tail light,or by a separate lamp.

1.9. OPENINGS:

All openings in the floorboard or firewall between chassisand passenger- carrying compartment, such as for gearshift lever, steeringcolumn, and auxiliary brake lever, shall be sealed. All openings betweenchassis and passenger-carry compartment made due to alterations by thebody manufacturer must be sealed.

1.10. UNDERCOATING:

Undercoating is required to provide for insulation, sound deadening,protection from road minerals, and rust prevention, as applicable, andshall meet the following:
1.10.1. Application:
The entire underside of the bus body, including floor members,wheelwells, side panels below the floor level, and all metal fenders orfenders with metal liners shall be coated with one-eighth inch (1/8") thickmaterial as specified above. The undercoating shall be applied in accordancewith the undercoating manufacturer's instructions. Do not cover up or obliteratethe chassis identification plate [See Paragraph A.6.4.3.].
1.10.2. Material:
Insulating and undercoating materials shall be an asphalt baseunderbody coating conforming to Federal Specification TT-C-520B, such asR-477-139, manufactured by Daubert Chemical Co., Chicago, Illinois 60638or Lion Nokorode Emulsion 331 as manufactured by Lion Oil Company, El Dorado,Arkansas 71730, or an approved equal. An example of an approved equal isTectyl MC121B, manufactured by Ashland Petroleum Company, Box 391, Ashland,Kentucky 41101, applied to a dry film thickness greater than twenty (20)mils.

1.11. WIRING:

All wiring shall conform to the current standards of the SAE.Wiring shall be arranged as required with each circuit protected by a fuseor circuit breaker. Wiring as arranged in the circuits to manufacturer'sspecifications are acceptable; however, the addition of another circuitfor the alternatively flashing signal lamps shall be provided.
1.11.1. Accessory Wiring:
Body-installed accessories shall be wired from the batterythrough a low voltage solenoid cut-off switch operated by the ignitionkey except for the eight (8) light warning system and hazard warning lights.
1.11.2. Color and Number Coding:
A system of color and number coding shall be used and an appropriateidentifying diagram shall be provided together with the wiring diagramprovided by the chassis manufacturer.
The following body interconnecting circuits shall be colorcoded as noted:
FUNCTION  COLOR 
LeftRear Directional Signal Yellow 
RightRear Directional Signal DarkGreen 
Stoplights Red 
BackupLights Blue 
Taillights Brown 
Ground White 
IgnitionFeed, Primary Feed Black 

The color of the cables shall conform to SAE J1128.

1.11.3. Fusing:
Each circuit, except starting and ignition, shall be fusedseparately or shall have an adequate circuit breaker. Two (2) extra fusesfor each size of fuse installed on the bus by the body manufacturers, shallbe conveniently mounted on the bus body.
1.11.4. Main Circuits:
The electrical system wiring shall have at least nine (9) maincircuits:
(1) Head, tail, stop (brake), and instrument panel lamps.
(2) Clearance and stepwell lamps.
(3) Dome lamps.
(4) Starter motor.
(5) Ignition and emergency door signal.
(6) Turn-signal (directional).
(7) Alternately flashing signal lamps.
(8) Horn.
(9) Heater and defroster.

C.2. CONSTRUCTION:

2.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

All Texas school buses, including those with ten-thousand pounds(10,000 lbs.) gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) or less, shall conformto the performance requirement of FMVSS No. 221, "School Bus Body JointStrength," and restraining barriers conforming to FMVSS No. 222, "SchoolBus Passenger Seating - Crash Protection," Sections S.5.2 and S.5.3.
2.1.1. Body-Chassis Attachment:
2.1.1.1. Chassis Manufacturer's Body: The body shall be attachedto the chassis frame by the manufacturer's standard clip unless the chassisis provided with the manufacturer's unitized metal floor.
2.1.1.2. Other Bodies: If other than chassis manufacturer'sstandard metal floor is furnished, the body shall be attached to the chassisby the chassis manufacturer's standard clips and, in addition, the following:
(i) Body-Chassis Insulation: Anti-squeak material in continuousstrips or rubber pads shall be permanently and firmly attached to the framerails or cross members to insulate the chassis from the body.
(ii) U-bolts9: A minimum of two (2) U-bolts shallalso be used on each frame rail to attach the body to the chassis frame.The four (4) U-bolts shall be fitted with lock washers and nuts and, afterthe nuts have been securely tightened, the threads of each U-bolt shallextend a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") past the nuts. Minimum diameterof the U-bolt threads shall be seven-sixteenths inch (7/16").
9School Buseswith floors installed by the body manufacturer and equipped with any combinationof wheelchair lift positions and conventional seats shall have a minimumof four (4) U-bolts. Two (2) installed on each frame rail.
2.1.2. Caulking:
A flexible, tenacious, high quality caulking compound or adhesiveshall be applied to the top of all rub rails, all unwelded metal joints,and to any place where moisture could enter through the exterior panels.This does not include the fresh air intake or heater or drain openingsat the bottom of the rub rails. The compound shall be applied to the requiredareas in a neat and workmanlike manner without voids or skips.
2.1.3. Components:
All components shall be of adequate design and shall be ofsufficient strength and safety factor to support the entire weight of acomplete bus when fully loaded, on its sides or top, without undue damageto the body structure. The body shall have sufficient frame members inthe roof structure and corners to provide adequate safety and to resistdamage on impact. Construction shall be such as to provide a reasonabledustproof and watertight unit.
2.1.4. Fasteners, Bolts and Rivets:
All bolts and rivets used in the manufacture of the schoolbus body shall be high strength metal. All bolts shall be equipped withlock washers or other acceptable devices to prevent loosening under vibration.All bolts, nuts, and washers except U-bolts, their nuts and washers, shallbe parkerized, cadmium-plated, or otherwise rustproofed.
2.1.5. Fasteners, Other:
Sheet metal screws or self-tapping bolts of any type shallnot be used in the construction of bodies except:
2.1.5.1. Alignment10 of doors or in conjunctionwith rivets, welds, or bolts for compliance with FMVSS No. 221, as applicable,or;

10When self-tapping boltsare used to align doors, they sall be tack-welded at the head or appliedwith the metal adhesive and shall not exceed the number of rivets, bolts,nuts, and washers installed in the door hinges.

2.1.5.2. Attachment of exterior mirrors in certaincases [See Paragraph C.3.5.3.], or;

2.1.5.3. Electrical wire moldings and light fixtures, or;

2.1.5.4. Installation of header pads over the doors, or;

2.1.5.5. Installation of rub rails or emergency door handles and latcheswhere it is impossible to use rivets or bolts, nuts, and lock washers andthen only when these fasteners are used in conjunction with the manufacturer'sstandard metal adhesive which is used to meet joint strength requirements,or;

2.1.5.6. Interior panels which must be removed to give accessibility to other interior or concealed components, or;

2.1.5.7. Seat construction [See Paragraph C.2.12.4.2.], or;

2.1.5.8. Window frames when applied with the metal adhesive.
2.1.6. Front Body Section:
The front body section of the school bus from the windshieldforward shall be of the bus body manufacturer's or chassis manufacturer'sstandard design and shall contain, but not be limited to, the followingcomponents:
2.1.6.1. Fenders: Properly braced fenders with the total spreadof the outer edges exceeding the total spread of the front tires when thefront wheels are in the straight-ahead position.

2.1.6.2. Grille: A sufficiently reinforced grille assembly.

2.1.6.3. Hood: Hood cover with latching mechanism providing access tothe forward part of the engine.

2.1.6.4. Lamps: Headlamps and parking/turn-signal lamps as requiredby FMVSS No. 108.
2.1.7. Steering Wheel Placement:
There shall be at least a two inch (2") clearance between thesteering wheel and the cowl, instrument panel, or any other surface.

2.2. ACCESS PANELS:

Any panel used for access to the engine radiator or radiatoroverflow container and installed in the passenger compartment shall havea keyed lock. This does not include the engine cover.

2.3. BODY FRAME:

2.3.1. Longitudinal Frame Members:
The body frame shall contain, as a minimum, the following longitudinalframe members at the locations shown:
2.3.1.1. Rear Corner: The rear corner framing between the floorand roof and between the emergency door posts and the body corner shallbe applied horizontally or vertically, or in other combinations, to provideadditional impact and penetration resistance equal to that provided byframe members in body side areas. Such structural members shall be securelyattached at each end.

2.3.1.2. Roof: Two (2) or more longitudinal members (or roof strainers)shall be provided to connect and space the roof bows and to reinforce theflattest portion of the roof skin. They shall be applied either externallyor internally, shall extend from the windshield header, and shall functionas continuous longitudinal members. These roof strainers shall be attachedto other structural components by means of welding, riveting, or bolting.The completed roof shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 220

2.3.1.3. Shoulder Level: There shall be one (1) longitudinal side strainer(or impact rail) mounted at shoulder level (window sill level) and extendingat least from the front post (excluding the front door entrance) to therear corner reinforcement. This member shall be attached to each verticalstructural member. Such strainer shall be a formed (not flat) strip ofmetal.

2.3.1.4. Window/Seat Frame Area: There shall be one (1) longitudinalside strainer installed in the area between the bottom of the window andthe bottom of the seat frame and extending from the front post to the rearcorner reinforcement. This strainer may also be used as a means to fastenthe angle used for the wall end seat support at the wheel housing. Suchstrainer shall be formed and attached to each vertical structural memberby huck-bolting, welding, or thread-forming bolts which are tack-weldedto prevent bolts from vibrating loose. A backup channel for the exteriorrub rails shall be provided and fastened to each vertical structural member.In lieu of a separate backup channel, the seat level longitudinal strainermay serve as a backup channel for the seat level rub rail.

2.4. EMERGENCY EXITS:

Texas school buses shall be provided with emergency exits whichcomply with FMVSS No. 217 and those requirements as listed below:
2.4.1. Emergency Doors:
Buses furnished to this specification shall be equipped withemergency doors meeting the description below. Fifteen passenger (15-)and 18-passenger buses shall be equipped with emergency doors meeting therequirements of either "Style I" (two-door type) or "Style II" (singledoor type). Sixteen passenger (16-), 19-passenger, and 20-passenger busesshall be furnished with Style II door only; double rear emergency doorswill not be accepted. Either style emergency door shall be furnished withupper glass panels, permanently closed, set in rubber or sealed againstrubber. [See Paragraph C.2.19.2. and Paragraph. C.1.4.4.]. No seat or otherobject shall be placed in the body that restricts the passageway to theemergency door to less than twelve inches (12"). There shall be no stepsleading to the emergency door.
2.4.1.1. Design, "Style I" Emergency Door (Two (2) Door Typefor 15- and 18-passenger buses only): Both of the rear doors shall be foremergency exit use and provided with the following:
2.4.1.1.1. Door Holding Device: A means (device) shall be providedto hold the swing-out type door (s) in the fully opened position.

2.4.1.1.2. Fastening: The two (2) door emergency exit, located at therear of the bus, shall be equipped with a fastening device that will secureeach door at the top and at the bottom. The fastening device on the firstopened door shall permit opening of the door from both the inside and theoutside of the bus. The fastening device shall permit opening of the otherdoor from the inside of the bus. Both fastening devices shall be designedto be quickly released but shall offer protection against accidental release.A suitable instruction sign shall be located on the inside of the doornear the fastening device on the first-opened door, to indicate its methodof operation. The outside handle, when in the closed position, shall extendvertically downward from its pivot center.

2.4.1.1.3. Header Board: The head impact area on the inside at the topof the emergency door shall be protected by an energy absorbing, paddedheader board, three inches (3") wide and one inch (1") thick, extendingthe full width of the emergency door to prevent injury when accidentallyimpacted.

2.4.1.1.4. Latch: Both the key type and/or the inside push-pull typerear cargo door locks, as installed by the original vehicle manufacturer,shall be either completely removed or shall be made inoperable. If madeinoperable, precautions shall be taken to assure that the lock mechanism(s) cannot, through vibration or other means, cause the emergency exitdoor to become locked either from the inside or the outside of the bus.

2.4.1.1.5. Switch: The emergency door shall be equipped with an electricalswitch connected to an audible signal automatically operated and locatedin the driver's compartment which shall indicate the unlatching of thisdoor and the switch shall be enclosed to prevent tampering. Wires leadingfrom the switch shall be concealed in the walls. No cut-off switch shallbe installed in the circuit.
2.4.1.2. Design, "Style II" Emergency Door (Single Door Type):
2.4.1.2.1. Attachment: The emergency door may be hinged onthe right or left side of the body, shall open outward, and shall be designedto permit opening from both inside and outside of the bus. It shall beproperly sealed against moisture and dust.

2.4.1.2.2. Design: The emergency door shall be located in the centerrear of the body and shall have a minimum horizontal opening of thirtyinches (30") and a minimum vertical opening of forty-eight inches (48")measured from the floor level. It shall be properly sealed against moistureand dust.

2.4.1.2.3. Door Holding Device: A means (device) shall be provided tohold the swing-out type door (s) in the fully opened position.

2.4.1.2.4. Header Board: The head impact area on the inside at the topof the emergency door shall be protected by an energy- absorbing, paddedheader board, three inches (3") wide and one inch (1") thick, extendingthe full width of the emergency door to prevent injury when accidentallyimpacted.

2.4.1.2.5. Latch: The emergency door shall be equipped with a slidebar rack and pinion (cam) operated latch. The slide bar shall be approximatelyone-and-one-fourth inches (1-1/4") wide and three-eights inch (3/8") thickand shall have a minimum stroke of one-and-one-eighth inches (1-1/8").The slide bar shall be spring loaded so as to retain the bar in the closedposition and have a minimum of one inch (1") of horizontal bearing surfacebeyond the edge of the door frame when the door lock is in a latched position.

2.4.1.2.6. Latch Handle: The movement of the latch handle through itsfull arc of operation shall not be obstructed by, or extended into, thearea behind the rear seats at the emergency door. The handle, when in theclosed position, shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 217. The designof the latch handle shall allow quick release, but shall offer protectionagainst accidental release. Control of the fastening devices from the driver'sseat shall not be permitted. A pull handle shall be installed on the insideof the emergency door so that the door can be securely closed for positivefastening. Provisions for opening from the outside shall consist of a handle(device) designed to prevent "hitching a ride" yet allowing the door tobe opened when necessary. The outside handle, when in the closed position,shall extend vertically downward from its pivot center.

2.4.1.2.7. Switch: The emergency door latch shall be equipped with aheavy-duty electric plunger type switch connected to a warning buzzer locatedin the driver's compartment. The switch shall be enclosed in an adequatelyprotected case, and wires leading from switch shall be concealed in thewalls. The switch shall be installed so that the buzzer will sound beforethe door handle is turned far enough to permit the door to open. The switchshall be Cole-Hersee's No. 9118 having an upset end (knob) on the plungerhead.
2.4.2. Emergency Exit Requirements:
"Type A", "Type B", "Type C", and "Type D" vehicles shall beequipped with a total number of emergency exits as follows for the indicatedcapacities of vehicles. Exits required by FMVSS No. 217 may be includedto comprise the total number of exits specified.
Zero to 42-Passenger = One (1) emergency exit per side andone (1) roof hatch.

43- to 78-Passenger = Two (2) emergency exits per side and two (2) roofhatches.

79- to 90-Passenger = Three (3) emergency exits per side and two (2)roof hatches.

Each emergency exit above shall comply with FMVSS No. 217. These emergencyexits are in addition to the rear emergency door or exit.

In addition to the audible warning required on emergency doors by FMVSSNo. 217 additional emergency exits may also be equipped with an audiblewarning device.

2.5. FLOORS:

The standard floor construction of the bus body manufacturershall be used if a steel floor is not furnished with the bus chassis. Ifthe floor is furnished with the chassis, then the floor shall be coveredwith material as described below:
2.5.1. Installation:
Plywood shall be installed in the areas under all seats includingthe driver's seat. It may be cut to fit around any permanently-attacheddriver's seat provided by the chassis manufacturer.
2.5.2. Material:
The floor shall be covered with plywood securely attached tothe existing steel floor. The plywood shall be five-eights inch (5/8")nominal thickness, A-C or B-B Exterior grade manufactured in conformancewith U.S. Product Standard PS 1-83. CDX interior grade plywood with exteriorglue is acceptable when all surfaces including the edges of the wood arecovered or sealed against the exterior environment.

2.6. FLOOR COVERING:

2.6.1. Aisle Material:
Floor covering in the aisle shall be the aisle-type, fire-resistantrubber or equivalent, and shall be nonskid, wear-resistant, and ribbed.Minimum overall thickness shall be three-sixteenths inch (3/16") measuredfrom tops of ribs. Rubber aisle floor covering shall meet Federal SpecificationZZ-M-71D.
2.6.2. Installation:
Floor covering must be permanently bonded to floor and mustnot crack when subjected to sudden changes in temperature. Bonding or adhesivematerial shall be waterproof and shall be type recommended by the manufacturerof floor-covering material. All seams must be sealed with waterproof sealer.
2.6.3. Underseat Material:
The floor in the underseat area, including wheelwells, andthe areas under the driver's seat and wheelchairs, shall be covered withfire- resistant, rubber floor covering or equivalent having minimum overallthickness of one-eighth inch (1/8").

2.7. PANELS, EXTERIOR:

Exterior panels shall be steel; however, front door fairingsand front and rear end-caps only may be fiberglass or heavy-duty plastic.
2.7.1. Attachment and Installation:
All exterior panels shall be attached to bow frames and strainersso as to act as an integral part of the structural frame. They shall beinstalled by lapping and riveting, lapping and bolting, or by flangingand bolting and in such a manner as to form watertight joints.
2.7.2. Joints:
Joints shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 221.

2.8. PANELS, INTERIOR:

All interior wall and ceiling panels shall be steel and ofthe body manufacturer's standard design except the panels beneath the windowsshall be clear-coated galvanized embossed steel meeting ASTM A 446. Alsothe stepwell and riser panels in the service door entryway shall be clear-coatedgalvanized steel, embossing not required. Galvalume, aluminized steel,and aluminum over steel panels are acceptable for use beneath the windowsand in the entryway. Interior panels made of 0.032 -inch, 3105-H14 aluminummay be used in 15- and 18- passenger buses only.
2.8.l. Attachment:
All interior panels shall be attached to the frame structureby bolts, rivets, or by any well-designed method utilizing self-lockingpanels, or locking panel strips. Regardless of the method used, the panelsshall be attached so that vibration, rumbling, and popping shall be ata minimum.
2.8.2. Design:
Front and rear panels shall be formed to present a smooth,pleasing appearance. If the ceiling is constructed so as to contain lappedjoints, the forward panel shall be lapped by the rear panel and all exposededges shall be beaded, hemmed, flanged, or otherwise treated to minimizesharp edges.

2.9. RUB RAILS:

Two (2) separate, one-piece (1-piece) continuous rub railsof the type, grade, and thickness of steel specified in Table No. Nine(9) or approved equal, shall be installed on the body as described below.The minimum finished width of all rub rails shall be four inches (4"):
2.9.1. Construction:
The rub rails shall be of ample strength to resist impact andto prevent crushing of the bus body and shall be a flanged-formed channel,longitudinally fluted, or corrugated rib surface. Ends shall be: (1) smoothlyclosed, or; (2) closed by a rounded or beveled metal end cap which shallbe butt- or flash- welded to the rub rail, or; (3) closed by a roundedor beveled metal end cap inserted with an approximate one inch (1") sleeveinside of the rub rail and riveted in position at the top and bottom ofthe rub rail, or; riveted in position at the top and bottom of the rubrail flange, or; riveted in the center of the end cap, and sealed in thesame manner as the top flange of the rub rails.
2.9.2. Drainage:
The bottom edge of each rub rail, except the pressed-in-typewhich may be used near the window line, shall have provisions for drainageof accumulated moisture. One (1) of the following drainage methods shallbe used:
2.9.2.1. Slots: The bottom flange of the rub rail shall havea minimum of one inch (1") by 0.032 inch formed slots spaced on not morethan twelve inch (12") centers, or;

2.9.2.2. Slots or Holes: One (1), one-fourth inch (1/4") diameter hole or slot per foot in the lowest part of the rub rail drilled prior to thepriming, painting, and installation of the rub rail shall be provided.Holes drilled after rub rail installation or after priming and paintingare not acceptable. Formed slots are preferred over drilled or cut holes.
2.9.3. Installation:
All rub rails shall be bolted or riveted on top and bottomto each side post and riveted on top and bottom to the exterior panelingbetween the side posts [See exception in Paragraph C.2.1.5.5]. Provisionsfor one-piece (1-piece) rails may be accomplished by butt- or flash-welding.All welds, including those for the end caps, shall be dressed, sanded,and buffed.

Both rub rails shall be installed the full outside length of the bodyon the right side from the rear of the service door to the point of curvatureat the rear of the bus and on the left side from the point of curvaturenear the outside cowl to the point of curvature at the rear of the bus.When the upper rub rail is extended to the rear of the bus and joiningis by lapping or fastening with a sleeve, the joint shall be located atthe rearmost body side post or preferably, the second post from the rear.Rub rails are not required on the left (driver's) door if this door isfurnished by the chassis manufacturer.
2.9.4. Location:
One (1) rub rail shall be installed at or near the floor level,and the other at the seat level, or at the window level, or in betweenthe seat and window level.
2.9.5. Sealing:
The top joint of the rub rail shall be sealed with a caulkingcompound or adhesive as specified in Paragraph C.2.1.2.

2.10. SEAT BARRIERS:

Barriers shall be furnished and installed in accordance withFMVSS No. 222. Barriers shall also be provided with the following:
2.10.1. Handrail:
A grab handle or handrail of sufficient length to assist enteringand exiting passengers shall be installed on the forward side of the rightbarrier. The outside surface of this handle shall be stainless steel, polishedaluminum, or chrome-plated steel. The design shall provide a smooth installationwhich would eliminate the possibility of clothing or other articles becomingcaught upon ingress or egress from the vehicle.
2.10.2. Knee Space:
Knee space between these barriers and the front of each frontpassenger seat shall be at least twenty-four inches (24") for 15- and 18-passengerand twenty-five inches (25") for 16-, 19-, and 20-passenger buses whenmeasured from the modesty panel to the front of the seat back at the centerof the seat approximately four inches (4") above the seat cushion.
2.10.3. Upholstery:
Barriers shall be covered with upholstery meeting the requirementsof Paragraph C.2.12.5.

2.11. SEATING REQUIREMENTS, DRIVER:

2.11.1. Design:
The base of the driver's seat shall be of the adjustable pedestaltype or the platform type having an adjustment range of approximately fourinches (4") "Fore and Aft." The back of the driver's seat shall be heavilypadded and form-fitted ("Type B" and "Type C" only). Driver's seat suppliedby the body company shall be high back suspension seat with a minimum seatback adjustment of fifteen degrees (15°), not requiring the use oftools, and with a head restraint to accommodate a 95th percentile adultmale, as defined in FMVSS No. 208. The driver's seat shall be secured withnuts, bolts, and washers or flanged-headed nuts.
2.11.2. Driver's High Back Seat, Optional:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid (or when a GMC/Chevroletchassis is furnished) a high back driver's seat shall be provided witha minimum seat back adjustment of fifteen degrees (15°) and with ahead restraint to accommodate a 95th percentile adult male, as definedin FMVSS No. 208, and shall meet all of the applicable requirements ofParagraph C.2.11.1. ("Type B" and "Type C" only).
2.11.3. Installation:
The driver's seat, when installed by the body manufacturer,shall be mounted with bolts, flat washers, lock washers, and nuts exceptwhere it is impossible to use bolts and nuts at certain floor points dueto main cross members or floor sill interference. Thread-forming or cuttingbolts and lock washers may be used at these points. Driver seat positioningand range of adjustments shall be designed to accommodate comfortable actuationof the foot control pedals by ninety-five percent (95%) of the male/femaleadult population.
2.11.4. Seat Belts and Seat Belt Assembly:
Three (3) point, "Type II" seat belt assembly conforming toFMVSS No. 209 shall be provided for the driver. The belt assembly shallbe equipped with an emergency locking retractor (ELR) for the continuousbelt assembly. The location of the seat belt anchorage shall conform toSAE Standard J383 with the driver's seat adjusted to its rearmost position.A "Type II" seat belt with a standard shoulder harness, when provided,does not require a retractor at the stationary fastening bracket; however,this mounting bracket must be within easy reach of the seated driver. Theseat belt assembly shall be anchored in such a manner or guided at theseat frame so as to prevent the driver from sliding sideways from underthe belt.

2.12. SEATING REQUIREMENTS, PASSENGER:

The bus passenger seats shall meet or exceed the knee spacingand crash protection requirements of FMVSS No. 222 and shall conform tothe following:
2.12.1. Seat Belts, Passenger:
Seat belts conforming to FMVSS No.'s 209 and 210 shall be providedfor each passenger position on 15- through 20-passenger school buses, includingthose with a GVWR of more than ten-thousand pounds (10,000 lbs.). The seatbelts shall meet the following requirements:
2.12.1.1. Colors: The belt assemblies shall be alternatelycolor coded with contrasting colors. All aisle seats on the same side ofthe bus shall have belts with the same color. Two (2) position seats shalluse two (2) colors; three (3) position seats may use two or three (2 or3) colors.

2.12.1.2. Design: Seat belts shall have a buckle end and an attachingend which are adjustable to fit passenger sizes as required by FMVSS No.'s208 and 209. Buckles shall be of the plastic-covered push button design.Long and short ends shall be mounted alternately with the short end onthe aisle. If possible, the design shall prevent fastening the belts acrossthe aisle.
2.12.2. Seat Cushions:
All seat cushion units thirty inches (30") wide or less shallbe designed to adequately support two (2) passengers of one-hundred-twentypounds (120 lbs.) each. All seat cushions over thirty inches (30") wideshall be designed to adequately support three (3) passengers of one-hundred-twentypounds (120 lbs.) each. The seat cushion shall consist of a base, foamcushion, and upholstery meeting the following requirements:
2.12.2.1. Base: The base shall be nominal one-half inch (1/2")thick, interior grade, C-D plywood with exterior grade glue, identificationindex 32/16, manufactured in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS1-83 and identified as to veneer grade and glue bond type by the trademarksof an approved testing agency. Plywood with blue stain in sapwood is notacceptable.

Alternatively, the base may be made of "Donnite" material, manufacturedby the Donnite Corporation, Flora & Harrison, Plymouth, Indiana 45563,of equal or better strength and thickness.

2.12.2.2. Foam Cushion: The bus body manufacturer's standard full dimensionurethane foam material shall be used for the seat cushion material.
2.12.3. Seat Frames:
2.12.3.1. Design and Material: The seat frames shall be constructedof steel of the type, size, and gauge necessary to meet the seat load deflectionrequirements of FMVSS No. 222. Flip seats meeting the requirements of FMVSSNo. 217 may be utilized at a location to accommodate side emergency exitsas required by FMVSS No. 217. Seat frame legs shall be two, four, or six(2, 4, or 6) pedestal type. The seat backs shall slope backward to providea comfortable seating angle. Seat backs that are set in a vertical planeor tilt forward are not acceptable.

2.12.3.2. Painting Requirements: The entire seat frame, except thatsection of the back frame which is padded and upholstered, shall be thoroughlycleaned, primed, and painted. The paint shall have adhesive qualities whichwill not permit the removal of the paint by means of the thumbnail-scratchmethod without first chipping a starting place [See Paragraph C.1.4.3].
2.12.4. Seat Installation:
2.12.4.1. Aisle Width: The minimum aisle width between rowsof seats shall be twelve inches (12"), except a thirty inch (30") aisleis required if regular seating is provided between the rear emergency doorand wheelchair position on wheelchair equipped buses [See Paragraph G.1.7.3].

2.12.4.2. Attachment: Each leg shall be attached to the floor with atleast two (2) bolts, flat washers, lock washers, and nuts, or approvedequal. Where it is impossible to use bolts and nuts at certain floor pointsdue to main cross members or floor sill interference, thread-forming orcutting bolts and lock washers may be used.

2.12.4.3. Knee Spacing: The seats shall provide knee spacing as normallyfurnished by the manufacturer for this seating capacity but not less thantwenty-four inches (24") for the 15- and 18-passenger buses. [See ParagraphA.2.13.: Definition of knee space.) Knee spacing for the 16- through 20-passengerbus shall be not less than twenty-four inches (24") [See Table No. Oneand Option No. 15].

2.12.4.4. Track Seating: Seats may be track mounted in conformance withFMVSS No. 222. If track seating is installed, the manufacturer shall supplyminimum and maximum seat spacing dimensions applicable to the bus, whichcomply with FMVSS No. 222. This information shall be on a label permanentlyaffixed to the bus.
2.12.5. Upholstery:
The seat cushion and back units shall be covered on top andfour (4) sides with a vinyl resin-coated upholstering material as follows:
2.12.5.1. Material: These materials shall be industry approvedfire-resistant and shall meet or exceed the Boston Fire Block Test in theNational School Bus Standards.

2.12.5.2. Thread: The upholstery material shall be securely sewn witha thread meeting the requirements of Federal Specification V-T-295d. Thethread in the needle and the thread in the looper (bobbin) of double threadmachines shall be size F, Type II (Twisted Bonded Multiple Cord), and sizeE, Type I (Twisted Soft Multiple Cord), respectively. The thread used inthe needle and through the looper shall be Size F (Monofilament), TypeIII, for single thread machines.

2.12.5.3. Welting: There shall be welting on exposed seams of the seatback and cushion.

2.13. SERVICE ENTRYWAY:

The entrance door steps shall be designed so that the firststep shall not be more than ten to fourteen inches (10 -- 14") from theground when the bus is unloaded. Step risers shall not exceed a heightof ten inches (10"). When plywood is used on a steel floor or step, theriser height may be increased by the thickness of the plywood. Steps ofadequate width and length shall be fabricated and installed outside orinside the body to meet this requirement. Provisions shall be made to preventroad splash from the wheel from accumulating on steps installed outsidethe body. The surface of all entrance steps shall have a nonskid materialapplied. [See Paragraph C.2.10.1.: Handrail Installation Requirements]A suitable device (s) shall be designed and installed to prevent injuryor fatality of passengers from being dragged. At least one such deviceshall assist passengers during entry or egress, and be of such design toeliminate entanglement.

2.14. SERVICE OR ENTRANCE DOORS:

Fifteen (15)- through 20-passenger buses shall be equippedwith a service or entrance door which shall be located on the right sidenear the front of the bus and in direct view of the driver.

NOTE: Fifteen (15)-passenger buses may have either a "Style I" or a"Style II" service door at the manufacturer's option. Sixteen (16)-passengerbuses shall have a "Style II" (tall) service door (no option). Eighteen(18)- and 19-passenger buses shall have a "Style II" (tall) service doorunless Option No. 11 a for sedan type door is designated by the orderingschool district. Twenty (20)-passenger buses shall have a "Style II" (tall)service door (no option). [See Table No. Two (2): Comparison of small buses.]This door shall have a positive latching mechanism to eliminate the possibilityof an inadvertent door opening during a frontal crash or roll-over.
2.14.1. Attachment:
"Style I" doors shall be attached by the chassis manufacturer'sstandard method. The hinges for "Style II" service entrance doors shallbe attached with rivets or bolts, nuts, and lock washers. Metal screwsor self-tapping bolts are not acceptable. Metal screws may be used foralignment of "Style II" doors while installing rivets. Self-tapping boltsmay be used for alignment if the bolt heads are tack-welded to the hinges[See Paragraph C.2.1.5.1.].
2.14.2. Design, "Style I" (Sedan Type) Service Door:
This service or entrance door shall be of one-piece (1-piece)and shall have a minimum horizontal opening of approximately twenty-eightinches (28") and a minimum vertical opening of approximately fifty-threeinches (53"). The door shall be manually operated. The door control mustbe the hand lever type, driver- operated, and shall be designed to affordeasy release and to prevent accidental opening. When so specified in theInvitation for Bid [See Option No. 11], 18- and 19-passenger buses shallbe furnished with sedan type "Style I" service doors.
2.14.3. Design, "Style II" (Tall) Service Door:11
This service or entrance door shall be the two-piece (2-piece)or folding type and shall have a minimum horizontal opening of approximatelytwenty-four inches (24") and a minimum vertical opening of approximatelysixty-eight inches (68"). The doors shall be operated from controls ator near the bus driver's seated position. The doors shall be either operatedmanually or when so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.10], actuated electrically or by air pressure or vacuum and shall allowmanual opening in case of an emergency. To prevent accidental opening whilethe bus is in motion, the door opening system shall require at least aone-hundred-twenty-five pound (125 lb.) force applied to its center inorder to manually open the door. Both vertical closing edges of the doorshall be equipped with rubber or rubberized mataerials to protect passenger'sfingers.
11PoweredService Doors shall be clearly and concisely marked with operating instructionsin case of power failure.
2.14.4. Driver's Visibility:
Service or entrance doors shall have lower and upper glasspanels [See Paragraph C.2.14.5.], or, if a sedan-type door, a system ofmirrors and glass panels to provide the driver a clear view of enteringpassengers as well as the passenger landing area. Whichever style of dooris used, provision shall be made using either glass panels or mirrors togive the seated driver a view of at least the upper seven-and-one-halfinches (7-1/2") of a thirty inch (30") rod placed upright on the groundat any point along a line one foot outboard from the service door entranceand between the front and rear of the service door.
2.14.5. Glass Panels:
"Style II" service or entrance doors shall have glass panelsof approved safety glass [See Paragraph C.2.19.2.: Installation Requirements].Bottom of each lower glass panel shall be not more than ten inches (10")from the top surface of the bottom step. The top of each upper glass panelshall be not more than six inches (6") from the top of the door. "TypeA" buses shall have upper glass panels (window) of safety glass with aminimum area of three-hundred-fifty square inches (350 sq. ins.).
2.14.6. Header Board:
The head impact area on the inside top of the service or entrancedoor shall be protected by an energy-absorbing, padded header board, threeinches (3") high and one inch (1") thick, extending the full width of theopening, to prevent injury when accidentally impacted.

2.15. SIDE DOORS OF CONVERTED VANS:

The side doors of converted van shall be made inoperable byone of the following:
2.15.1. Removal:
The cargo doors on the side of converted vans shall be removedand the area reinforced and covered with riveted-on exterior and interiorpaneling.
2.15.2. Side Reinforced:
The doors may be left in place but shall be reinforced andmade permanently inoperable by means other than the use of rub rails onthe outside of the body

2.16. SKIRT REINFORCEMENT:

Side skirts of 15- through 20-passenger buses, if on commercialcutaway or stripped chassis, shall be gusseted or braced, where required,for rigidity and to prevent undue vibration.

2.17. VENTILATION:

The bus body shall be equipped with a suitable, controlledventilation system of sufficient capacity to maintain a satisfactory ratioof outside to inside air under normal operating conditions without openingwindows except in warm weather.

2.18. WHEELHOUSING:

The wheelhousing shall be the manufacturer's standard design.[See Paragraph C.1.10.: Undercoating Requirements.)

2.19. WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS:

2.19.1. General Design:
2.19.1.1. Side Windows, Passenger, Standard: There shall beeither a standard or a push-out type window for each passenger seat exceptwhere it is not possible because of the installation of side emergencyexits [See Paragraphs C.2.4.2 and C.2.19.1.2]. Standard side windows shallopen from the top only and shall operate freely. All side windows exceptthe driver's and the service door window, shall be the split sash typewith positive latch. Side windows that can be latched in an uneven positionare not acceptable. They shall be furnished with a latching mechanism whichwill allow each window to be latched in a position not more than six inches(6") from the top. The passenger side windows shall provide an unobstructedopening twenty-two inches (22") wide and between nine and ten inches (9-- 10") high. These windows shall include a metal stop pin, bar, or similardevice to ensure that the windows can be lowered only within the mandatorylimit. These latches and related mechanism (excluding the thumb regulator)shall be manufactured of metal. When in a closed position, all windowsshall be weather-tight.

2.19.1.2. Side Windows, Passenger, Push-out Type:12 At themanufacturer's option, 15- through 20-passenger buses may be provided withone (1) push-out side window in lieu of an emergency exit on each side[See Paragraphs C.2.4.1 and C.2.4.2 and Option No. 39]. These windows shallbe hinged at the top and shall be positioned for ease of egress. Thesepush-out windows shall be the body manufacturer's standard push-out passengerwindows meeting or exceeding Federal Standards.
12 Push-outwindows shall be equipped with an electrical switch connected to an audiblesignal automatically operated and located in the driver's compartment whichshall indicaate when the window is pushed out in excess of one-half (1/2").The switch shall be enclosed to prevent tampering. Wires leading from theswitch shall be concealed in the walls. No cut-off switch shall be installedin the circuit.
2.19.1.3. Service Door and Emergency Door Windows: The windowsof either style emergency door and "Style II" service doors [See ParagaphC.2.4.1.] shall be furnished with upper glass panels permanently closedand set in rubber or sealed in rubber.
2.19.1.4. Windshield: The windshield shall be minimum seven-thirty-secondsinch (7/32") thick safety plate glass and shall be heat-absorbent, laminatedAS-1 safety glass meeting NSI Standard Z26.1, as amended.
2.19.2. Glazing:
Glass shall be installed in rubber channel gasket materialor approved equivalent material. The glass shall be mounted so that thepermanent identification mark is visible from either inside or outsideof the bus. All safety glazing materials shall be approved by the Departmentof Public Safety. All exposed edges of glass shall be banded. The glassshall be as follows:
2.19.2.1. Rear and Other Windows: The glass in the rear (side)windows, and all other windows including the driver's side windows andthe emergency door windows, shall be a minimum of one-eighth inch (1/8")safety plate glass and shall be AS-2 or AS-3 grade as specified in ANSISafety Code Z26.1.

2.19.2.2. Safety Plate Glass: When so specified in the Invitation forBid [See Option No. 16], all windows shall be AS-2 grade or better safetyplate glass.

2.19.2.3. Side Windows, Passenger: The glass in all passenger side windows(including push-out type emergency exit windows) shall be a minimum ofone-eighth inch (1/8") safety plate glass and shall be AS-2 grade or better,as specified in ANSI Safety Code Z26.1.

2.19.2.4. Windshield: The windshield shall be minimum seven-thrity-secondsinch (7/32") thick safety plate glass and shall be heat-absorbent, laminatedAS-1 safety glass meeting NSI Standard Z26.1, as amended.
2.19.3. Tinting:13
2.19.3.1. Side Windows, Passenger: When so specified in theInvitation for Bid [See Option No. 13], passenger side windows and push-outtype emergency windows only shall be tinted to minimum light transmittanceof thirty percent (30%), and a maximum light transmittance of forty percent(40%) using AS-3 grade glass. This is defined as "dark tinting" and is not permitted on the windshield or any window used for driving purposes.

13All safety glazingmaterials shall be approved by the Department of Public Safety.
2.19.3.2. Windshield: The windshield shall have a horizontal gradient band (tinted) starting slightly abovethe driver's line of vision with approximately ninety percent (90%) lighttransmittance and gradually decreasing to a minimum of seventy percent(70%) light transmittance at the top of the windshield, or the entire windshieldshall be tinted to meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 205.

C.3. ACCESSORIES, REQUIRED AND OPTIONAL:

3.1. BACKUP ALARM:

An automatic, audible backup warning alarm meeting the requirementsof Type C, 97 d (A), SAE J994b (except for twelve (12) volt system) shallbe installed behind the rear axle.

3.2. DEFROSTERS:

Defrosting equipment shall keep the windshield, the windowto the left of the driver, and the glass in the service door clear of fog,frost, and snow, using heat from the heater and circulation from fans.All defrosting equipment shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 103.Any circulating fan used in defogging and installed on the curb side ofthe bus front shall be mounted on the windshield header so as to protectthe fingers, hair, and clothing of entering and departing passengers.

3.3. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT:

Fifteen passenger (15-) through 20-passenger school buses shallbe equipped with the following emergency equipment:
3.3.1. Body Fluid Cleanup Kit:
Each bus shall be provided with a removable and moisture-proofbody fluid cleanup kit. It shall be properly mounted and identified asa Body Fluid Cleanup Kit. This kit shall contain as a minimum, thefollowing items mounted in a removable metal or hard plastic kit:

1 -- 15 oz. chlorine-type absorbent deodorant material (or equal)
1 -- 12 oz. germicidal spray disinfectant
2 -- pair disposable latex gloves
4 -- 18" x 18" absorbent towels
1 -- plastic pick-up spatula
1 -- plastic hand broom
1 -- plastic dust pan
2 -- 14" x 19" disposal bags and ties (waterproof)
2 -- adhesive "BIO-HAZARD" labels
1 -- 12 oz. deodorant spray
4 -- individually wrapped, cold sterilization wipes in foil-lined pouches
2 -- paper respiratory masks
1 -- metal or hard plastic container identified as "BIO-HAZARD" withblack symbol and lettering on orange mountable case.
3.3.2. Fire Extinguishers:
School buses shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher, aslisted below:
3.3.2.1. Standard Fire Extinguisher: Each bus shall be equippedwith at least one (1) refillable stored pressure Multipurpose Dry Chemicaltype (or approved equal) fire extinguisher of minimum five pounds (5 lbs.)capacity, mounted in extinguisher manufacturer's automotive type bracket,and located in driver's compartment in full view of and readily accessibleto driver. The fire extinguisher shall bear the Underwriters LaboratoryListing Mark of no less than 2A 10-B:C rating. Extinguishers shall be furnishedwith a hose, pressure gauge, and metal head.
3.3.3. First Aid Kit:
Buses shall have a removable metal first aid kit containermounted in an accessible place within the driver's compartment. The compartmentshall be marked to indicate the location of the kit. Number of units andcontents for each kit shall be as follows:

2 --1 in. x 2 1/2 yds. adhesive tape rolls
24 -- sterile gauze pads 3 in. x 3 in.
100 -- 3/4 in. x 3 in. adhesive bandages
8 -- 2 in. bandage compress
10 -- 3 in. bandage compress
2 -- 2 in. x 6 yds. sterile gauze roller bandages
2 -- non-sterile triangular bandage approx. 40 in. x 54 in., 2 safetypins
3 -- sterile gauze pads 36 in. x 36 in.
3 -- sterile eye pads
1 -- rounded end scissors
1 -- pair latex gloves
1 -- mouth-to-mouth airway

3.4. HEATERS AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

3.4.1. Heater, Standard:
Each bus shall be equipped with a factory-installed fresh airtype heater regularly offered as standard vehicle manufacturer's accessoryfor this type of vehicle. Controls shall be mounted on the dash.
3.4.2. Heater, Auxiliary:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.14], an auxiliary hot water type heater shall be furnished and installedin the rear of the passenger compartment of the bus. Heated conduits insidethe bus shall be insulated or shielded to prevent injury to the driveror passengers.
3.4.3. Bleeder Valves:
Any heater (s) installed by the body manufacturer shall haveaccessible air bleeder valves installed in the return lines.
3.4.4. Service Accessibility:
Heater motors, cores, and fans shall be readily accessiblefor service. Access panels (removable without removing driver's seat) shallbe provided as required for maintenance.

3.5. MIRRORS, EXTERIOR:

Exterior mirrors shall conform to the requirements of FMVSSNo. 111. Each 15- through 20-passenger school bus shall be provided withexterior mirrors and brackets as described below:
3.5.1. Mirror System, Crossover:
The crossview mirror system shall provide the driver with indirectvision of an area at ground level from the front bumper forward and theentire width of the bus to a point where the driver can see by direct vision.The crossview system shall also provide the driver with indirect visionof the area at ground level around the left and right front corners ofthe bus to include the tires and service entrance on all types of busesto a point where it overlaps with the rear vision mirror system.
3.5.2. Mirror System, Rearview:
The rearview mirror system shall be capable of providing aview along the left and right sides of the bus which will provide the driverwith a view of the rear tires at ground level, a minimum of two-hundredfeet (200 ft.) to the rear of the bus and at least twelve feet (12 ft.)perpendicular to the side of the bus at a distance of thirty-two feet (32ft.) back from the front bumper.
3.5.3. Mounting and Mounting Brackets, Standard:
Mirror mounting and backing shall be of steel or a high-impactplastic such as a polycarbonate/polyethylene terephthalate blend, or approvedequal. Mounting of all exterior mirrors to the bus body shall be by meansof bolts, nuts, and lock washers, where possible; otherwise No. 10 hexagonhead sheet metal bolts with star lock washers or No. 10 hexagon head sheetmetal screws with serrated surface shall be used. This system of mirrorsshall be easily adjustable but be rigidly braced so as to reduce vibration.
3.5.4. Mirror Backing and Mounting, Stainless Steel, Optional:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid, exterior rearviewmirror backs and mounting brackets shall meet or exceed all of the applicablerequirements of Paragraph C.3.5.3; above except the mirror backing andmounting shall be made of stainless steel.
3.5.5. Painting:
Brackets and assemblies of all exterior rearview and crossovermirrors shall be cleaned and prepared for painting in accordance with FederalSpecification TT-C-490B, Type I or II. The metal backs of stainless steel,aluminum, and chrome-plated exterior and crossover mirrors, if painted,and the backs of all other metal-backed exterior and crossover mirrorsshall be finished in black (Color No. 37038 of Federal Standard No. 595a).
3.6. MIRRORS, INTERIOR:
A clear-vision interior rearview mirror conforming to FMVSSNo. 111, with at least six inch by sixteen inch (6" x 16") size visionarea, affording a good view of the road to the rear as well as of the passengers,shall be furnished and installed. The mirror shall be made of safety glassand have rounded corners and protected edges.

3.7. REFLECTIVE MATERIAL: 14

14Reflectivity of stop signal armis to be addressed under Stop Signal Arm Section. Signs, if used, placedon the rear of the bus relating to school bus flashing signal lamps orrailroad stop procedure may be of reflective material as specified.
When so specified in the Invitation forBid [See Option No. 19], buses shall be equipped with reflective materialmeeting the following requirements. The material shall be automotive engineeringgrade or better, shall meet the initial reflectance values in DOT FHWAFP-85 and shall retain at least fifty percent (50%) of those values fora minimum of six (6) years. Reflective materials and markings shall beinstalled in the following location:
3.7.1. Front and/or rear bumper may be marked diagonallyforty-five degrees (45°) down to centerline of pavement with two inch(2") plus or minus one-fourth inch (±1/4") wide strips of non-contrastingreflective material.
3.7.2. Rear of bus body shall be marked with a stripof reflective National School Bus Yellow (NSBY) material to outline theperimeter of the back of the bus using material which conforms with therequirements of FMVSS 571.131 Table One (1). The perimeter marking of rearemergency exits per FMVSS No. 217 and/or the use of reflective "schoolbus" signs per Paragraph 3.7.3 below partially accomplish the objectiveof this requirement. To complete the perimeter marking the back of thebus, strips of at least one-and-three-fourths inch (1-3/4") reflectiveNSBY material shall be applied horizontally above the rear windows andabove the rear bumper extending from the rear emergency exit perimetermarking outward to the left and right rear corners of the bus; and verticalstrips shall be applied at the corners connecting these horizontal strips.
3.7.3. Sides of bus body shall be marked with reflectiveNational School Bus Yellow material at least one-and-three-fourths inch(1-3/4") in width, extending the length of the bus body and located (vertically)between the floor line and the beltline.

3.8. STROBE LIGHT, Flashing

When so specified on Invitation for Bid [See Option No. 26],an optional white flashing strobe light meeting the following requirementsshall be provided:
3.8.1. Design:
The lamp shall have a single clear lens emitting light flashingthree-hundred-and-sixty degrees (360°) around a vertical axis. Thelight source shall be minimum of fifty (50) candlepower and flash eightyto one-hundred-and-twenty (80 --120) times per minute. The base of thelamp shall be metal or approved equal and installed by a method which sealsout dust and moisture. A manual switch is required for operation and apilot light to indicate when the light is in operation shall be included.Wiring shall be installed inside the bus walls.
3.8.2. Mounting:
The strobe light shall be permanently installed near the centerlineon the school bus roof and not more than one-third of the body length forwardof the rear edge of the bus roof. It shall not extend above the roof morethan approximately six-and-one-half inches (6-1/2").

3.9. STOP ARM:

A school bus stop arm meeting SAE J1133 and the following requirementsshall be provided:
3.9.1. Design:
The sign shall be octagon-shaped, constructed of zinc-coatedsteel or aluminum. It shall have a minimum one-half inch (1/2") wide whiteborder and the word "STOP" in white letters at least six inches (6") highagainst a red background on both sides. The letters, border and backgroundshall be of reflective materials meeting DOT FHWA FP-85. Double-faced red,alternately flashing lamps, or LED Stop Sign, flashing both sides, oneeach at the top and bottom (visible from each side of the structure) shallbe connected to, and flash with the required school bus red flashing signallamp circuit when the arm is extended. The arm mechanism may be activatedby air pressure, electricity, or by vacuum.
3.9.2. Mounting:
The stop arm shall be installed on the left side of the schoolbus near the front cowl section.
3.10. STUDENT SAFETY CROSSING ARM:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.25], each bus shall be equipped with a student safety crossing arm whichshall meet or exceed SAE Standard J 1133. It shall be extended and retractedsimultaneously with stop arm by means of the stop arm control. It shallbe mounted to the right side of the front bumper by means of a four (4)point mounting assembly. All components and connections shall be weatherproofed.The unit shall be easily removable for the purpose of towing of the bus.The unit shall be constructed of nonferrous material or treated as perthe body sheet metal standard and shall contain no sharp edges or projectionsthat could cause hazard or injury to students. The crossing arm shall extendseventy-two inches (72") from the front bumper and shall not open morethan ninety degrees (90°) when in the "extended" position. The mechanismmay be activated by air pressure, electricity, or be vacuum.
3.11. SUN VISOR:
An adjustable sun visor with a minimum size of five inchesby sixteen inches (5" x 16") shall be installed above the interior windshieldon the driver's side. The sun visor shall not interfere with the driver'sfull view of the rearview mirrors. A right sun visor is manufacturer'soption.
3.12. TOOL COMPARTMENT:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.30], a metal container of adequate strength and capacity shall be providedfor storage of tire chains, tow chains, and such tools as may be necessaryfor minor emergency repairs. This storage container shall be located eitherinside or outside the passenger compartment and shall be capable of beingsecurely latched. However, if it is located inside the passenger compartment,it shall be provided with a separate cover, and shall be fastened to thefloor in the right front or the right rear of the bus. A seat cushion shallnot be used as this cover.

3.13. WINDSHIELD WASHERS AND WIPERS:

3.13.1. Washers:
A vacuum- or electrical-operated windshield washer shall befurnished and installed. The washer shall have a minimum reservoir capacityof one (1) quart of fluid and shall direct a stream of water into the pathof travel of each windshield wiper blade each time the actuating buttonis operated.
3.13.2. Wipers:
A windshield wiping system, two (2) speed or variable speed,with an intermittent feature, shall be provided. The wipers shall be operatedby one (1) or more air or electric motors of sufficient power to operatewipers. If one (1) motor is used the wipers shall work in tandem to givefull sweep of windshield.

C.4. APPROVAL OF NEW BUS BODIES:

Procedures for approving a new bus body for 15- through 20-passengerschool buses shall be as follows in the order indicated:

4.1. SUBMISSION OF REQUEST:

Submit a written request that the body be approved along withthe following:
4.1.1. Letter:
Letter stating that the body meets or exceeds each and everyapplicable requirement in Texas Specification No. 070-SB-98.
4.1.2. Literature and drawings: [See Paragraph A.6.5.].

4.2. REVIEW OF REQUEST:

The Commission will review the literature and drawings andadvise the vendor or manufacturer by letter of the results of this review.A copy of this letter will be furnished to the School Bus Committee. Ifthis review verifies that the bus body meets or exceeds the requirementsof this specification, the vendor or manufacturer shall arrange for theschool bus to be brought to Austin, Texas for inspection and evaluationby the Commission and the Texas School Bus Committee.

4.3. INSPECTION AND EVALUATION:15

15Once a bus body is approved forone passenger capacity, other capacities of this same body differing onlyin length and capacity need not be inspected and evaluated prior to approval.The vendor or manufacturer shall request by letter that these other bodylengths/models be approved.
4.3.1. The bus body shall be inspected using the currentSchool Bus Inspection Check List.
4.3.2. The bus body will be evaluated and if found suitablefor the intended purpose, the Commission will issue a letter to the manufacturerlisting the model as approved for the capacities requested. If found notsuitable, the Commission will issue a letter to the vendor or manufacturergiving the reason (s) for disapproval.

C.5. COMPARISON OF SMALL BUS BODIES:

Table Number Two (2) lists the features of the various bodyconfigurations for 15- through 20-passenger school buses. The 24-passengerbus body configurations are included in this Table for reference. [SeeFigure No. One (1) for the various chassis types available for some ofthese school bus bodies.]

TABLE NUMBER TWO (2) COMPARISON OF SMALL SCHOOLBUS BODIES

Passenger Capacity Service Door Emergency Door Rear Wheels Min. Body Width Body Sides Min. Interior Height Chassis Type Body Mfg. & Model/Name/No.
15 Sedan Dual Single  70" Sloping 62" Van Econo, Reddi-Bus,Van-Con
15 Tall Dual or Single Single 75" Straight or Sloping 64" Van or Cutaway Bantam,Super Bantam, Guide DW
15 Tall Dual Dual 90" Sloping 72" Cutaway Micro-Bird,Minotour SRW, Guide DW
15 Tall Single Dual 87" Straight 62" Cutaway VSS
16 Tall Single Dual 90" Straight 72" Cutaway Chaperone,ClassMate, Micro-Bird, VSS, Bussette, Spr. Btm, MB-20 Guide DW
18 Tall Dual Single 70" Sloping 64" Van or Cutaway  
18 Tall Dual or Single Single 75" Straight 64" Van or Cutaway Bantam,Super Bantam, Guide SW
18(w/ Option No. 15) Sedan Dual Single 70" Sloping 63-1/2" Van or Cutaway Bantam,Super Bantam, Van Con
19 Tall Single Dual 87" Straight 72" Cutaway Chaperone,ClassMate, Micro-Bird, Minotour, VSS, Spr. Btm., MB-20, Guide DW, GrandBantam
19(w/ Option No. 11) Sedan Single Dual 87" Straight 62" Cutaway Vanguard
20 Tall Single Dual 78'" Straight 72" Cutaway or Stripped Cadet Spr. Btm.,MB-20, Guide DW, Minotour G.P., Mini-Bird Cadet, Grand Bantam
1Minimum interior width at shoulder line for the models listed. 

NOTE

Bantam= Collins  Econo= Collins  MB-20= Blue Bird 
GuideSW = MidBus 
Guide DW = MidBus 
Micro-Bird= Blue Bird  SuperBantan = Collins 
GuideCadet = Carpenter  Mighty-Mite= Thomas 
Mini-Bird = Blue Bird 
VSS= Ward 
Van Con = Van Con 
GuideClassMate = Carpenter  Minotour= Thomas  GrandBantam = Collins 

D. 15- THROUGH 20- PASSENGER CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS

D.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:

The requirements for gross vehicle weight ratings (GVWR), grossaxle weight ratings front and rear (GAWR) and tire sizes and load ranges,as specified in Table No.'s Three through Seven (3 -- 7) for each sizechassis are minimum requirements [See Paragraph A.4.5.]. The requirementsare for school buses with standard equipment. The added weights of optionalequipment such as alternative fuel storage tanks, air conditioning, luggageracks, lifts for the physically impaired, or other heavy accessories werenot considered in establishing the capacity ratings to be certified forthe chassis. If additional optional equipment is ordered which necessitatesincreased capacity ratings of either axles, springs or tires, it is theresponsibility of the vendor to furnish them so that proper certificationcan be made on the vehicle.

1.2. COLOR:

The chassis, including bumpers and wheels shall be enameledor powder coated black (Color 17038); cowl, fenders and hood shall be paintedschool bus yellow (Color 13432); and bumpers and wheels shall be paintedthe chassis manufacturer's standard color.

D.2. AXLES, SUSPENSION, AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

2.1. AXLE CAPACITIES:

Axle capacities and gross axle weight ratings (GAWRs) shallbe as specified in Table No.'s Three through Seven (3 -- 7) for each makeof vehicle. Increased axle capacities shall be furnished to accommodateoptional equipment such as diesel engines or other heavy accessories asrequired [See Paragraphs A.4.5., D.1.1, and G.1.7.2.].

2.2. REAR AXLE RATIOS:

Rear axle ratios shall be compatible with the required enginesand gradeability requirements for school buses driven at governed top ratedroad speeds of fifty-five miles per hour (55 mph) minimum [See ParagraphD.5.3.3.].

2.3. BRAKES AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

2.3.1. Service Brakes:
Service brakes shall be manufacturer's standard hydraulic frontpower disc brakes and rear disc or drum brakes meeting FMVSS No. 105 asapplicable to school buses.
2.3.2. Warning, Low Fluid:
Hydraulic assist-boosters shall audibly and visually warn offluid or power loss.
2.3.3. The hydraulic braking system shall include theservice brake, an emergency brake that is a part of the service brake systemand controlled by the service brake control, and a parking brake.

2.4. HUBODOMETER, OPTIONAL:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option 15],chassis shall be equipped with one (1) hubodometer with standard mountingbracket which shall be calibrated in miles and installed by the manufacturer.The preferred mounting location is on the right rear axle drive wheel.The hubodometer shall be one of the following:
2.4.1. Accu-Trak, Standard Car Truck, Park Ridge, IL 60068.
2.4.2. Engler Instruments, 250 Culver Ave., Jersey City,NJ 07305
2.4.3. Veeder-Root 1, Hartford, CT 06102.

2.5. SHOCK ABSORBERS:

Two (2) front and two (2) rear heavy-duty, double-acting shockabsorbers shall be installed.

2.6. SPRINGS:

The ground ratings for the front and rear springs shall beas specified in Table No.'s Three through Seven (3 -- 7) for each makeof vehicle [See Paragraphs A.4.5, D.1.1, and G.1.7.2.].

2.7. TIRES AND WHEELS:

2.7.1. Tires:
All standard tires shall be the steel belted radial tubelesstype. All tires shall be new and the tread style furnished shall be thetire manufacturer's standard design and the brand normally furnished onregular production orders unless otherwise specified in the Invitationfor Bids. All tires shall be "Original Equipment Line Quality." For tiresize and load range for each size chassis, see Table No.'s Three throughSeven (3 -- 7).
2.7.2. Wheel, Spare:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.31], the bus shall have a spare wheel; however carrier and tire/tube forspare wheel will not be provided under this option.

D.3. CHASSIS FRAME AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

3.1. BUMPERS, FRONT AND REAR:

Front and rear bumpers shall be chassis manufacturer's standardexcept the rear bumper furnished by body manufacturer shall be of the sizeand type and attached to frame as described in Paragraph C.1.2.

3.2. CHASSIS FRAME SIDE MEMBERS:

Each frame side member shall be of one-piece (1-piece) constructionbetween the rear most spring hanger and the forward most spring hanger.If the frame side members are extended, such extension shall be designed,furnished, and guaranteed by the installing manufacturer. The installationshall be made by either the chassis or body manufacturer. Extensions offrame lengths are permissible only when such alterations are welded onbehind the hanger of the rear spring. This specification does not permitwheelbase extensions. Any welding, heating (for frame straightening orrepairs), or the drilling of holes in chassis frame members shall be inaccordance with chassis manufacturer's recommendations.

3.3. FUEL TANKS, CONVENTIONAL Fuel:

Standard and auxiliary fuel tanks shall meet FMVSS No. 301as applicable to school buses and shall meet the current design objectivesof the SBMI. Fuel tanks installed on Texas school buses shall have a minimum"draw" of eighty-three percent (83% ) of capacity.
3.3.1. Fuel Tanks, Standard:
The standard fuel tank shall have a minimum capacity of twenty-one(21) gallons. The tank shall be mounted, filled, and vented entirely outsidethe body [See Paragraph D.5.4.3.].
3.3.2. Fuel Tank (s), Optional:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid, [See Option No.12], the bus shall be furnished with a minimum capacity thirty (30) gallonfuel tank or tanks furnished and installed by the chassis manufacturer.

3.4. STEERING, POWER:

The bus shall be furnished with the chassis manufacturer'sstandard power steering which will provide safe and accurate performanceat maximum load and speed.

D.4. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

4.1. ALTERNATORS:

The twelve (12) volt alternators with rectifier shall havethe electrical outputs and the minimum charging rates shown below whentested in accordance with SAE rating at the manufacturer's recommendedengine speed. These alternators shall be ventilated and voltage controlledand, if necessary, current-controlled. Alternators shall be provided asfollows:
4.1.1. Alternator, Standard:
"Type A" buses and "Type B" buses shall be furnished with astandard alternator with a minimum electrical output rating of one-hundredamperes (100 amps) with gasoline or alternative fuel engines (seventy-fiveamperes (75 amps) with diesel) and one-hundred-thirty amperes (130 amps),respectively.
4.1.2. Alternators, Other:
School buses equipped with the following equipment shall havealternators as follows:
4.1.2.1. Air-Conditioned Buses: "Type A" buses and "Type B"buses equipped with air conditioning shall have alternators with a minimumelectrical output of one-hundred-sixty amperes (160 amps), respectively.
4.1.2.2. Wheelchair Lift-Equipped Buses: "Type A" buses and"Type B" buses equipped with wheelchair lifts shall have alternators witha minimum electrical output of one-hundred-sixty amperes (160 amps), respectively.
4.1.2.3. Air-Conditioned and Wheelchair-Equipped Buses: "TypeA" buses and "Type B" buses equipped with both air conditioning and wheelchairlifts shall have alternators with a minimum electrical output of one-hundred-sixtyamperes (160 amps), respectively.

4.2. BATTERY AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

The storage battery furnished on each chassis shall have sufficientcapacity to supply current for adequate operation of the engine starter,lights, signals, heater, and all other electrical equipment. The batteriesfor 15- through 20-passenger school buses shall have a potential of twelve(12) volts and meet the following:
4.2.1. Battery, Diesel Engines:
The batteries furnished with diesel engines shall be as specifiedby the chassis manufacturer. When two (2) batteries are provided, theyshall both be installed under the hood or one (1) shall be installed underthe hood and the other shall be installed in a battery box having outsideaccess. Single batteries shall be installed under the hood.
4.2.2. Battery, Gasoline Engines:
The minimum performance level shall be a BCI cold crankingcapacity of no less than three-hundred-sixty amperes (360 amps) at zerodegrees (0°F) with a minimum one-hundred (100) minute reserve capacity.
4.2.3. Battery (s), Alternative Fueled Vehicles:
Dedicated alternative fueled vehicles shall have batteriesmeeting or exceeding those required for a gasoline engine school bus withcomparable horsepower. Batteries for dual fueled buses shall have batteriesspecified by the conventional fuel used.

4.3. HORNS:

Each bus shall be equipped with horn or horns of standard make.Each horn shall be capable of producing audible sounds in the frequencyrange from two-hundred-fifty to two-thousand (250 to 2,000) hertz and atan intensity of between eighty-two (82) and one-hundred-two (102) decibels.The sound level measurements shall be made at a distance of fifty (50)feet directly in front of the vehicle in accordance with SAE J377.

4.4. INSTRUMENTS AND INSTRUMENT PANEL:

The bus shall be equipped with the following non-glare illuminatedinstruments controlled by an independent rheostat16 and gaugesmounted for easy maintenance and repairs and clearly visible to the seateddriver. Indicator warning lights in lieu of gauges are permissible as shownbelow:
16 If the intensityof the body-installed panel lamps is controlled, then the intensity controlshall not be accomplished by the same rheostat that controls the chassisinstrument lamps, unless the body company designs and installs the rheostatto accomplish both.
4.4.1. Ammeter (or Voltmeter) withgraduated charge and discharge indications.
4.4.2. Fuel Gauge.
4.4.3. Glow Plug Indicator Light (for diesel buses withglow plugs only).
4.4.4. Odometer (Six (6) digits, e.g., register to 99,999.9miles).
4.4.5. Oil Pressure Gauge and/or Warning Light.
4.4.6. Speedometer.
4.4.7. Vehicle manufacturer's standard Keyed Ignition Switch.
4.4.8. Water Temperature Gauge and/or Warning Light.

4.5. LAMPS:

Each bus shall be equipped with at least two (2) clear headlampsmeeting the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 and a dimmer switch located atthe far left of steering column. Adequate parking lamps operated by a switchin common with the headlamps shall be provided.

4.6. TURN-SIGNAL AND VEHICULAR WARNING SIGNAL OPERATING UNITS AND FLASHERS:

The operating units and flashers for turn-signals and vehicularhazard warning signals shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 [SeeParagraphs C.1.7 and C.1.11.].

4.7. WIRING:

The chassis manufacturer shall provide a readily accessibleterminal strip or plug on the body side of the cowl, or at an accessiblelocation within the engine compartment, with the following minimum terminalsfor the body connections:
4.7.1. Backup lamps.
4.7.2. Instrument panel lights (rheostat controlled by headlamp switch).
4.7.3. Left turn signals.
4.7.4. Right turn signals.
4.7.5. Stop lamps.
4.7.6. Tail lamps.

D.5. ENGINE AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

5.1. AIR CLEANER:

Each chassis shall be equipped with a factory-installed maximumcapacity, replaceable dry element type air cleaner. The intake air systemfor diesel engines shall have an air cleaner restriction indicator properlyinstalled by the chassis manufacturer to meet manufacturer's engine specifications.

5.2 . COOLING SYSTEM:

The cooling system shall have the manufacturer's largest heavy-dutyradiator available for the series and shall be of sufficient capacity tocool the engine at all speeds in all gears. The cooling system fan shallbe the heavy-duty reinforced type.

5.3. ENGINES:

Approved engines listed in each table for the various sizebuses are the engines for which the vendor has requested approval and areusually the smallest engine in terms of performance that will meet therequirements listed below. Other approved engines which the vendor mayprovide with a given chassis will be listed also in an Approved ProductsList (APL). The APL will be updated as new engines or additional versionsof current engines are approved. Please note that only those engines approvedas specified below and listed either in the Texas School Bus Specificationor in the Class 070-SB-APL will be acceptable for school buses.
5.3.1. Diesel Engines:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.8], the 15-, 16-, 18-, 19-, or 20-passenger school bus chassis shall befurnished with a 4-cycle diesel engine.
5.3.2. Gasoline Engines:
Engines for the 15- through 20-passenger buses shall be ofthe gasoline type unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid.Approved engines are listed in Tables No.'s Three through Seven (3 -- 7)and in the Class 070-SB-APL.
5.3.3. Power Requirements:
Each bus shall be furnished with an engine that meets or exceedsthe following minimum criteria [See Paragraph D.5.3.4.7.], when testedat or above the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) required for a givenbus capacity and with all accessories except air conditioning compressoron and operating:
5.3.3.1. Acceleration from zero to fifty miles per hour (0--50mph) in sixty (60) seconds or less.
5.3.3.2. Gradeability of one-and-one-half percent (1.5%) minimumat fifty miles per hour (50 mph).
5.3.3.3. Gradeability of five percent (5.0%) minimum at twenty-fivemiles per hour (25 mph).
5.3.3.4. Startability of twenty percent (20%) minimum.
5.3.3.5. Top speed of fifty-five miles per hour (55 mph) minimumat the manufacturer's rated rpm for the governed engine.

5.4. EXHAUST SYSTEM:

5.4.1 Component Placement:
The exhaust pipe, muffler, and tailpipe shall be mounted underthe bus and attached to the chassis frame.
5.4.2 Noise Level:
The noise level shall neither exceed EPA "Noise Emission Standards"nor eighty-five (85) decibels at the ear of the occupant in the bus nearestthe noise source.
5.4.3 Tailpipe Exit:
The tailpipe of a gasoline-powered bus shall not exit the sideof the bus anywhere within twelve inches (12") of a vertical plane throughthe center of the fuel filler opening and perpendicular to the side ofthe bus, unless protected with a metal shield to divert spilled fuel awayfrom tailpipe.

5.5. OIL FILTER:

Each chassis shall be equipped with a factory-installed, minimumone (1) quart capacity oil filter with a replaceable filter element.

5.6. TACHOGRAPH:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.27], a tachograph containing a combination clock/speedometer/recorder shallbe installed on the dashboard. The tachograph shall be Argo Model (s) 1310-6,Veeder-Root Model 1407, or approved equal.

5.7. THROTTLE:

The force required to operate the throttle shall not exceedsixteen pounds (16 lbs.) throughout the full range of accelerator pedaltravel.

D.6. APPROVAL OF NEW ENGINES:

Procedures for approving a new bus engine for 15- through 20-passengerschool buses shall be as follows in the order indicated:

6.1. SUBMISSION OF REQUEST:

Submit a written request that the engine be approved alongwith the following:
6.1.1. Letter:
Letter stating that the meets or exceeds each and every applicablerequirement in Texas Specification No. 070-SB-98.
6.1.2. Literature and applicable power curves showing horsepowerand torque:

6.2. REVIEW OF REQUEST:

The Commission will review the literature and performance chartsand advise the vendor or manufacturer by letter of the results of thisreview. A copy of this letter will be furnished to the School Bus Committee.If this review verifies that the bus engine meets or exceeds the requirementsof this specification, the vendor or manufacturer shall arrange for theschool bus to be brought to Austin, Texas for inspection and evaluationby the Commission and the Texas School Bus Committee if requested.

D.7. TRANSMISSION AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

7.1. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION, STANDARD:

The standard automatic transmission shall be the three- orfour-forward (3- or 4-) speed automatic type. An electronic control orsimilar device may be installed to ensure that automatic transmissionscannot accidentally be moved out of the neutral or park gear position whilethe driver is not in the driver's seat, and shall be one of the following:
7.1.1. Chrysler Motor Corporation's "A727 LoadFlite" ;

7.1.2. Ford Motor Company's Standard automatic, or;

7.1.3. General Motors Corporation's "Turbo Hydramatic" .

7.2. DRIVE SHAFT GUARD:

Each drive shaft section shall be equipped with protectivemetal guard or guards to prevent the shaft from whipping through the flooror dropping to the ground when broken.

D.7. CHASSIS TYPES:

Figure No. One (1) shows the types of chassis available forsmall school buses.

FIGURE No. ONE (1) (If necessary, request acopy of the drawings by calling (512) 463-3369.)

TABLE NO. THREE (3) 15-Passenger Bus Chassis [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

15-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min. Rqmts. Chevrolet/GMC G31305 Chevrolet/GMC G31705 Ford Van E350* Ford Cutaway E350*
GVWR, lbs. 9500 9500/10000D 9500 9500 9600
GAWR, lbs.Front 4050 4100/4100D 4300 4200 4050
GAWR, lbs.Rear 6084 6084/7500D 6084 6084 6084
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 4300 4300/4300 4300 4600 4600
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 6084 6084/7500D 6084 6340 6340
Wheelbase,in. 135 135 155 138 158
ChassisLength, in. As Required 241 239 212 237.4
Track, in.Front 68.4  N/A N/A 69.4 68.4
Track, in.Rear 67.0 N/A N/A 67.0  71.6 
GasolineEngine, L. ** 5.7L-V8 5.7L-V8 * *
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 250 250 * *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. ** 330 330 * *
Transmission:Automatic A3 A4OD A4OD E4OD E4OD
Tires, SteelBelted Radial As Shown LT245/75R16E LT245/75R16E LT245/75R16E LT245/75R16E
Size &Load Range As Shown        
Wheels:Rear As Shown Dual Single Single Single
Alternator,amperes 100 124 100 95 130
*Furnishedwith diesel engine only [See Option No. 8]. 
**Seeminimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 

DIESEL ENGINE [Option No.8]

15-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min. Rqmts. Chevrolet/GMC G31305/G31303/G31605 Ford E 350
Engine Displacement,L. * 6.5L-V8 7.3L-V8
SAE GrossHorsepower * 190 215
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. * 385 425
Alternator,amperes 100 100 130
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph D.5.3.4.].

15-Passenger Bodies

15-Passenger 
ITEM S.W.
1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird Micro-Bird Collins Bantam Van-Con Bus MidBus Guide SW/DW Thomas Minotour AmTram Vanguard Carpenter Classmate SW
InteriorHeadroom, in. 65 74 6575 65 72 73 74 68
InteriorWidth: Floor Line, in. 72 90.5  78 72 79 84 91 76
InteriorWidth: Shoulder Line, in. 70 91 78 70 77 84 91 76
ServiceDoor Type As Shown Tall Tall Sedan Tall Tall Tall Tall
Rear Wheels As Shown Dual/Single Single Single Single Dual Dual Single
ChassisType As Shown Cutaway Cutaway Cutaway Cutaway Cutaway Cutaway Cutaway

TABLE NO. FOUR (4) 16-Passenger Bus Chassis [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

16-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Chevrolet/GMC G31503 Chevrolet/GMC P30862 Ford E350 Cutaway *
GVWR, lbs. 10000 10000 14500 10000
GAWR, lbs.Front 4050 4100 5000 3800
GAWR, lbs.Rear 7200 7500 11000 7500
Axle Capacity,lbs, Front 4300 4300 5000 4600
Axle Capacity,lbs, Rear 7500 7500 11000 78000
Wheelbase,in. 125 135 125 138
ChassisLength, in. As Required 241 221 257.4 
Track, in.Front 65.2  N/A 65.2  69.4 
Track, in.Rear 66.7  N/A 66.7  73.2 
GasolineEngine, L. ** 5.7L-V8 5.7L-V8 *
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 250 180 *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. ** 330 295 *
Transmission:Automatic A4 A4 OD 4L80-E E4 OD
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless LT225/75R16D 8.00R19.5D  LT225/75R16D
Size &Load Range As Shown      
Wheels,Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual
Alternator,amperes 100 100 105 95
**See minimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 

DIESEL ENGINE [Option No.8]

16-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Ford E350 Chevrolet/GMC 
Engine Displacement,L. * 7.3L-V8 6.5L-V8
SAE GrossHorsepower * 215 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft * 425 385
Alternator,amperes 100 130 100
*Seeminimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph D.5.3.4.].

16-PASSENGER BODIES [Wide Body, Straight side,"Style II" Service Door*] The following bodies areavailable on commercial cutaway chassis in this configuration:

16-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. AmTran Blue-Bird Micro-Bird  Carpenter Classmate Collins Spr. Collins Grnd. MidBus Guide/DW Thomas Minotour
InteriorHeadroom, in. 73 74 74/77 74 75 75 73 73
InteriorWidth, in. 90 90 90.5  90 90.5  90.5  90 90

TABLE NO. FIVE (5) 18-Passenger Bus Chassis [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

18-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Ford E 350 Cutaway Chevrolet/GMC G31503 Cutaway
GVWR, lbs. 9500 9600 9500
GAWR, lbs.Front 4050 4050 4100
GAWR, lbs.Rear 6084 6084 6084
Axle Capacity,lbs, Front 4100 4600 4100
Axle Capacity,lbs, Rear 6084 7800 6084
Wheelbase,in. 138 138 155
ChassisLength, in. -- 237 241
GasolineEngine, L. * ** 5.7L-V8
SAE GrossHorsepower * ** 250
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. * ** 330
Transmission:Automatic A4 E4OD A4OD
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless LT245/75R16E LT245/75R16E
Size &Load Range As Shown    
Wheels,Rear Single Single  Single
Alternator,amperes 100 95 124
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph D.53.4. 
**Furnished with diesel engine only [See Option No. 8]. 

DIESEL ENGINE [Option No.8]

18-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Ford E350 Chevrolet/GMC G31303
Engine Displacement,L. * 7.3L-V8 6.5L-V8
SAE GrossHorsepower * 215 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft * 425 385
Alternator,amperes 100 130 100
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 

Engines listed on this page are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operating conditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the School Bus Committee [See Paragraph D.5.3.4.].

18-PASSENGER BODIES (With Dual (or Single) Rear Emergency Door)The following bodies are available on van conversion chassis

18-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. CollinsBantam MidBusGuideSW or DW Van-Con18Passenger CarpenterClassmateSW ThomasMinotour US BusSturdi Bus
OverallLength 220 220/246.8 228.0 236/220 243.0 236 225.0
InteriorHeight 65 65/75 72 65 68 73 68
InteriorWidth 72 78 79 72 76 84 74
EntranceDoor Height1 64 70/80 72 72 70 70 64
PassengerSeats (26"-39" Benches:              
Left Side,rows 4 or 5 4 4 4/5 5 4  
Curb Side,rows 4 or 5 4 4 5 5 4  
Knee Space,in. 24 24 25 24 24 24  
Aisle Width,in. 12 13 12 15 13.25 12  
1Option 11 allows automotive type ("Style I") service doors. 

TABLE NO. SIX (6) 19-Passenger Bus Chassis [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCED PASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

19-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Chevrolet/GMC Chevrolet/GMC P30862 Ford E 350 Cutaway
GVWR, lbs. 10000 10000 14500 10700
GAWR, lbs.Front 4050 4100 5000 4050
GAWR, lbs.Rear 7500 7500 11000 7500
Axle Capacity,lbs, Front 4300 4300 5000 4600
Axle Capacity,lbs, Rear 7500 7500 11000 7800
Wheelbase,in. 125 155 125 138
ChassisLength, in. As Required 241 221 257
Track, Front,in. 65.2 N/A 65.2 69.4
Track, Rear,in. 66.7 N/A 66.7 73.2
GasolineEngine, L. * 5.7L-V8 5.7L-V8 **
SAE GrossHorsepower * 250 180 **
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. * 330 295 **
Transmission:Automatic A4 A4OD 4L80-E E4OD
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless LT225/75R16D 8.00R19.5D LT225/75R16D
Size &Load Range As Shown      
Wheels,Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual
Alternator,amperes 100 100 105 95
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 
**Furnished with diesel engine only [See Option No. 8]. 

DIESEL ENGINE [Option No.8]

19-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Ford E350 Chevrolet/GMC G31303
Engine Displacement,L. * 7.3L-V8 6.5L-V8
SAE GrossHorsepower * 215 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft * 425 385
Alternator,amperes 100 130 100
*Seeminimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 

19-PASSENGER BUS BODIESThe following bodies are availableon commercial cutaway chassis in this configuration

19-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. AmTran Vanguard VSS19 Blue Bird Micro-Bird MB-20 Carpenter Classmate Collins Spr. Bantam Collins Grand. Bantam Thomas Minotour MidBus Guide DW US Bus Super Sturdi
InteriorHeadroom, in. 73 74 74/77 74 75 75 73 73/79 75
InteriorWidth, in. 90 90.5 90.5 90 90.5 90.5 90 90 91
ServiceDoor1 As Shown Tall Tall Tall Tall Tall Tall Sedan/Tall Tall
1Availableonly with Option 11, Sedan-type Service Door. 

TABLE NO. SEVEN (7) 20-Passenger Bus Chassis [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page 7

20-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Chevrolet/GMC P30842 Chevrolet/GMC P30862 Ford Super Duty Cutaway
GVWR, lbs. 11500 11500 11500 14050
GAWR, lbs.Front 4400 4400 5000 4600
GAWR, lbs.Rear 7900 7900 7900 9450
Axle Capacity,lbs, Front 5000 5000 5000 4600
Axle Capacity,lbs, Rear 7900 7900 7900 9450
Wheelbase,in. 125 125 125 158
ChassisLength, in. As Required 214.8 222.1 257.4
Track, Front,in. 65.2 65.2 65.2 69.4
Track, Rear,in. 66.7 66.7 66.7 77.7
GasolineEngine, L. * 5.7L-V8 5.7L-V8 **
SAE GrossHorsepower * 180 180 **
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. * 295 295 **
Transmission:Automatic A4OD 4L80-E/A40D A4OD E4OD
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless 8.00R19.5E/D 8.00R19.5E LT225/75R16E
Size &Load Range As Shown      
Wheels,Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual
Alternator,amperes 100 105 105 95
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph D5.3.4. 
**Furnished with diesel engine only [See Option No. 8]. 

DIESEL ENGINE [Option No.8]

20-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Ford Super Duty Chevrolet/GMC G31303
Engine Displacement,L. * 7.3L-V8 6.5L-V8
SAE GrossHorsepower * 215 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft * 425 385
Alternator,amperes 100 130 100
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph D.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph D.5.3.4.).

20-PASSENGER BUS BODIES (Straight Side, "Style II"Service Door)The following bodies are availableon stripped chassis

20-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird Mini-Bird MB-20 Carpenter Cadet Collins 
Grand Bantam1
Thomas Minotour
InteriorHeadroom, in. 75 74/77 77 75 73
InteriorWidth, in. 90 90.5  90 90 90
ServiceDoor2 As Shown Tall Tall Tall Tall
1Body available on cutaway chassis. 
2Conventional bus door -- Minimum 68" tall and 24" wide, folds or separatesin the middle to open. 


E. 24 THROUGH 83 PASSENGER BODY SPECIFICATIONS:

E.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.1. BODY PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:

Physical requirements for the 24- through 83-passenger schoolbuses shall conform to the following table [See Option No. 15 and ParagraphA.1.3]:

TABLE NO. EIGHT (8) PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS

(1) (2) (3) (4)1 (5)2 (5) (6)3 (7)
Minimum Size Number of Passengers: Overall Body Width Inches,Max. Rows Of SeatsEach Knee Spacing Inches, Min. Seat Width Left Inches,Min. Seat Width Right Inches,Min. Center Aisle Width Inches,Min. Floor-to-Ceiling HeightInches, Min.
24 96 5 24 39* 26 12 72
35 102 6 25 39* 39 12 72
47 102 8 25 39* 39 12 72
53 102 9 25 39* 39 12 72
59 102 10 25 39* 39 12 72
65 102 11 25 39* 39 12 72
71-S 102 12 24-3/4 39* 39 12 72
71-L 102 12 25 39* 39 12 72
77 102 13 25 39* 39 12 72
83 102 14 24-3/4 39* 39 12 72
1Column (4): Knee space is defined as the horizontal distance from the frontcenter of a seat back to the rear center of the seat back or barrier immediatelyahead, measured at approximately 4 inches above the seat cushion. Kneespace may be reduced to minimum 24-3/8 inches, only on buses when highback seats are ordered, where it is impossible to achieve 24-3/4 inch space. 
2Column (5): Left rear seat shall have minimum width of 26 inches. 
3Column (6): Floor-to-ceiling height shall be measured in the center ofthe body between the Number Two (2) pillar and the last side body pillarahead of the rear roof slope.  
1.1.1. Overall Length: The overall length of a completeschool bus shall not exceed forty (40) feet.

1.2. BUMPER, REAR:

The rear bumper shall be furnished by the body manufacturer.It shall be secured to rear chassis frame and it shall be designed so asto prevent "hitching of rides" by obtaining a toehold thereon. The bumpershall not be permanently attached to the bus body, but shall wrap aroundthe body, extending forward for at least twelve inches (12") on each side.The bumper shall be of pressed steel channel at least three-sixteenthsinch (3/16") thick by eight inches (8") high. It must be bolted to thechassis frame and braced with material of at least equal impact ratio asthe material in the bumper.

1.3. CEILING:

The ceiling shall be free of all projections likely to causeinjury to passengers. [See Table One (1) and Paragraph E.2.9.].

1.4. COLORS and LETTERING:

A first quality black enamel (Color No. 17038 of Federal StandardNo. 595a) or decals shall be used for lettering and trim. The propertiesof the black enamel shall be equal to those of the finish coat enamel.Pressure-sensitive tape or decals are acceptable for trim or lettering(e.g., EMERGENCY DOOR, EMERGENCY EXIT, etc. signs), provided they are madefrom FAISON R 200, 3M Series 180, or approved equal material. Exit signsand lettering shall be in compliance with FMVSS No. 217.
1.4.1. Body Exterior:
The exterior of the complete bus except for bumpers, rub rails,and wheels shall be finished in school bus yellow (Color No. 13432 of FederalStandard No. 595a). The hood may be coated with non-reflective school busyellow paint. When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.38], the school bus roof shall be painted white. The paint on the roofshall extend from the back of the front cap to the front of the rear capand from a point on each side of the bus which is no lower than the topof the windows and no higher than the start of the roof curvature. Thepaint shall be the same quality as the paint on the remainder of the schoolbus.
1.4.2. Body Interior:
Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, the interiorof the complete bus body shall be finished in the manufacturer's standardcolor except where clear-coat galvanized steel is required [See ParagraphE.2.9].
1.4.3. Chassis Components:
Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, chassiscomponents such as grilles, frame rails, and wheel covers shall be paintedthe chassis manufacturer's standard color.
1.4.4. Emergency Exit Lettering:
The emergency exits shall be marked "EMERGENCY DOOR" or "EMERGENCYEXIT," both on the outside and/or on the inside in compliance with FMVSSNo. 217. All applicable requirements of FMVSS No. 217 relating to instructions,outlining, and markings shall me met.
1.4.5. Exterior Mirror Backs and Brackets:
The metal backs of all exterior mirrors, if painted, and allexterior mirror brackets shall be finished in lusterless black (Color No.37038). [See Paragraphs E.3.8.2 and E.3.8.4.].
1.4.6. Logos:
No logo, trademark, insignia, or letters shall be placed onbumpers or mud flaps. A small metal or plastic plate designating body manufacturer'sname may be attached to the bus body. A logo of reasonable size, whichhas been approved by the Commission, may be placed on the exterior busbody.
1.4.7. Rub Rails:
All rub rails, except the pressed-in type window level rubrails, shall be painted black (Color No. 17038). The pressed-in type rubrails shall be painted either black (Color No. 17038) or school bus yellow(Color No. 13432) at the option of the manufacturer.
1.4.8. School Bus Lettering:
The bus body shall have the words "SCHOOL BUS" on the frontroof cap, the rear roof cap, and on both sides of the bus body appliedwith black paint (Color No. 17038 of Federal Standard No. 595a). The lettersshall be neat, clearly defined block style eight inches (8") high withone inch (1") wide strokes. The words "SCHOOL BUS" shall be at the samelevel on each side of the bus (i.e., same height above bottom of skirt).Lettering shall be placed as high as possible without impairment of itsvisibility.
"SCHOOL BUS" lettering shall have a reflective background.This is not optional. Option No. 19, Reflective Materials, applies onlyto: diagonal marking of front and/or rear bumpers; outlining the rear perimeterof the bus body; and striping the sides of the bus body.
Required lettering and numbering shall include:
District or company name or owner of the bus shall be displayedin the beltline.
Bus identification number shall be displayed on the front,the rear, and the sides of the bus body
1.4.9. School Name Lettering:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid (See Option No.20), the school district name shall be provided in black letters on bothsides of the bus near the belt line. Lettering shall be minimum five inches(5") high with minimum five-eighths inch (5/8") block strokes. Paint, ifused, shall be equal in quality to that of the bus body paint; decals shallmeet or exceed the requirements in Paragraph E.1.4. Maximum number of charactersin one (1) line of the name is limited to the bus length. The school districtshould list in the space provided on the School Bus Requisition Form (Seesample form on page 168), the name to be placed on the bus. Charactersshould be typed or printed plainly on this form to ensure accurate spelling.
1.4.10. Wheels:
The wheels shall be painted the chassis manufacturer's standardcolor.

1.5. INSULATION, NOISE:

Each school bus shall be constructed so that the noise levelmeasured at the ear of the occupant nearest the primary vehicle noise sourceshall not exceed eighty-five (85) decibels, when tested in accordance withthe procedure given in the Noise Test Procedure of NSSB. [See Option No.24].

1.6. INSULATION, THERMAL:

The ceilings and sidewalls shall be thermally insulated witha fire-resistant material approved by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. toadequately reduce the noise level and to minimize vibrations. Buses shallhave the equivalent of one-and-one-half inches (1-1/2") of fiberglass orother insulation in the ceilings and walls including the interior of hat-shapedbows. Any insulation used shall have a minimum R-factor value of 5.77.

1.7. LAMPS, SIGNALS, AND WARNING DEVISES:

Each bus shall be furnished with the lamps listed below [SeeSMBI Standard No. 001]:
1.7.1. Alternately Flashing Signal Lamps:
Each school bus shall be equipped with eight (8) warning signallamps, four (4) red and four (4) amber, working in an automatic non-sequentialintegrated system. The signal lamps shall conform to the design, installationlocation and operating requirements of Paragraph S4.1.4. of FMVSS No. 108:
"S4.1.4 Each schoolbus shall be equipped with a system of...":

"...(b) Four (4) red signal lampsdesigned to conform to SAE Standard J887, "School Bus Red Signal Lamps,"July 1964, and four (4) amber signal lamps designed to conform to thatstandard, except for their color, and except that their candlepower shallbe at least two-and-one-half (2-1/2) times that specified for red signallamps. Both red and amber lamps shall be installed in accordance with SAEStandard J887, except that:

"(i) Each amber signal lamp shallbe located near each red signal lamp at the same level, but closer to thevertical centerline of the bus; and

"(ii) The system shall be wiredso that the amber signal lamps are activated only by manual or foot operation,and if activated, are automatically deactivated and the red signal lampsautomatically activated when the bus entrance door is opened."

Note: The lamps shall be wiredindependently and not wired through the ignition switch. This will allowremoval of the ignition key without affecting operation of the alternatelyflashing eight warning signal lamps.

1.7.1.1. Band: Each set of amber andred lamps shall have a minimum three inch (3") black band around the setand a three inch (3") band between the lamps in each set. The color ofthis band shall be black enamel (Color No. 17038, Black Enamel of FederalStandard 595a). If it is not possible to provide a three inch (3") bandbetween the lamps in the set, the manufacturer will then provide a bandas wide as possible. Any visor or hood used to shade the lights and improvevisibility will not interfere with the intensity and photometric performanceof the warning lights [See SMBI Standard No. 001].
1.7.1.2. Mounting: If exterior panelsare cut to provide an opening for installation of flush-mounted signallamps, the lamps must have a closed cell sponge flange gasket with a minimumthickness of three-sixteenths inch (3/16"). The gasket shall be the fullwidth of the flange on the lamp. Proper installation of the lamps shallbe made in order to prevent seepage of moisture into the opening.
1.7.1.3. Operating Instructions: Completeinstructions for the detailed operation of the warning signal lamp systemshall be furnished with each school bus.
1.7.2. Backup Lamps:
The color, requirements, and mountingof backup lamps shall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108, except two (2)backup lamps are required by Texas Specifications.
1.7.3. Clearance, Identification andSide Marker Lamps:
Each bus shall be furnished with thelamps listed below. The quantities, colors, requirements, and mountingsshall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108. Each identification, clearance,and side marker lamp installed to indicate school bus height and/or widthshall be the armored flush mounting type for protection of lens from damageduring normal operation. The armored protectors shall in no way interferewith the intended purpose of the lamps. The armored type protectors shallbe Grote Manufacturing Company, Madison, Indiana 47250, Model No.'s 45012and 45013, or K-D Lamp Company, 1910 Elm Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45210,Model Nos. 38469-901 and 40268-301, or Weldon Model No. 5050, or approvedequal. [See SBMI Standard No. 001 and FMVSS No. 108 Types and proper locationof Lamps.]
Example of an approved equal: PetersonModel - PM122.

1.7.3.1. Clearance Lamps.

1.7.3.2. Identification Lamps.

1.7.3.3. Intermediate Side Marker Lamps (not requiredon buses less than 30 feet long).

1.7.3.4. Side Marker Lamps.
1.7.4. Interior and Stepwell Lamps:
Interior lamps shall be installed toproperly and adequately illuminate the entire aisle and emergency passageway.The stepwell shall be illuminated with a separate lamp activated by openingthe service door. The fixtures shall have white or clear plastic lensesattached to metal receptacles. The stepwell lamp shall also have a metalbezel. The lamps shall be designated for a twelve (12) volt electricalsystem and shall have installed a minimum fifteen (15) candlepower lampbulb. The fixtures shall be mounted so as to provide adequate illuminationof the passenger and driver's compartment, spacing of the lamp fixturesshall be the option of the bus body manufacturer.
1.7.4.1. Quantity: The quantity of interiorlamps required for each bus shall be as listed below:
SCHOOL BUS SIZE INTERIOR CEILING LAMPS
(Number of Passengers) (Minimum Required per Bus)
24 and 35 3
47 and 53 4
59 and 65 5
71, 77, and 83 6
1.7.4.2. Stepwell and interior lampsapproved are as follows:

Stepwell Lamps: (Equivalentlamps with metal bezels)

MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER Dome Lamps
Arrow Safety Device Co. 043, 036
Cardinal Mfg. Co. 1271-G1
Grote Mfg. Co. 230 (61031)
K-D Lamp Co. KD530-12
Weldon Inc. 8005
1.7.5. License Plate Lamp:
The color, requirements, and mounting of the license platelamp shall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108.
1.7.6. Reflex Reflectors and Intermediate Reflex Reflectors:
The quantities, colors, requirements, and mounting of reflexand intermediate reflex reflectors shall be in accordance with FMVSS No.108, except one amber reflex reflector on the front, one (1) amber intermediatereflex reflector on the rear shall be mounted on each side of the bus body.The amber reflex reflectors mounted near the front and on each side ofthe chassis are required on Texas buses in addition to the reflectors requiredby FMVSS No. 108.
1.7.7. Tail and Stop Lamps:
The quantities, colors, requirements, and mounting of tailand stop lamps shall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108, except stop lampsshall be seven inches (7") in diameter and mounted at approximately thebelt line level of the bus. A set of minimum four inch (4") tail/stop lampsshall be installed below the seven inch (7") set. Base of lamps shall bemetal or durable plastic preferably with screw lens. Lenses shall be securedto lamps by a fastening method which requires a toll to remove the lens.The lamps shall be Grote 78002 or 78102 taillight, K-D Lamp Company Models258-2601 or 258-2605, or approved equal.
Example of an approved equal: Truck-Lite Model 90-91.
1.7.8. Turn-Signal/Hazard Warning Lamps:
The quantities, colors, requirements, and mountings of turn-signal/hazardwarning lamps shall be in accordance with FMVSS No. 108, except rear turn-signallamps shall be seven inches (7") in diameter. The front turn-signal lampsshall be the double-face pedestal type or they shall be of the "wrap-aroundtype" (except single-faced type on forward control buses). They shall bemounted in such a manner so as to be capable of withstanding all normalvibrations. On double-faced pedestals, the front lens shall be amber; therear lens shall be red or amber, or a shade between red and amber. Theoperating units and flasher for turn-signals and vehicular hazard warningsignals shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 108.
1.7.8.1. Installation: If exterior panels are cut to providean opening for installation of flush-mounted turn-signal lamps, the lampsmust have a closed cell sponge flange gasket with a minimum thickness ofthree-sixteenths inch (3/16"). The gasket shall be the full width of theflange on the lamp. Proper installation of the lamp shall be made in orderto prevent seepage of moisture into the opening.
1.7.8.2. Wiring: The exposed wiring to the signal lamps shallbe enclosed in a one-piece (1-piece) waterproof loom, or equivalent, leadingdirectly from the lamp body to the interior of the bus body. The wiringshall be supported at the lamp body and at intervals of not more than sixinches (6") until it enters the bus body.
1.7.9. Warning Devices:
Each school bus shall be equipped with three (3) triangularwarning devices meeting the requirements of FMVSS No. 125. The devicesshall be packed three (3) per metal or heavy-duty plastic box, or theymay be individually packed in metal or heavy-duty plastic boxes with thethree (3) boxes contained within a carrier. Warning devices shall be securelymounted in the driver's compartment. Triangular warning devices furnishedshall be approved by the Texas Department of Public Safety.

1.8. LICENSE PLATE HOLDER:

A recessed license plate holder shall be mounted on the leftrear of the bus body. The recess shall be minimum of three-eighths inch(3/8") deep at the top and shall be located so that the license plate willreceive illumination from the clear lens on the underneath side of thetail light, or by a separate lamp.

1.9. OPENINGS:

All openings in the floorboard or firewall between chassisand passenger- carrying compartment, such as for gearshift lever, steeringcolumn, and auxiliary brake lever, shall be sealed. All openings betweenchassis and passenger-carrying compartment made due to alterations by thebody manufacturer must be sealed.

1.10. PAINTING:

1.10.1 Preparation and Cleaning:
1.10.1.1. Surface Preparation: The method used in the cleaningand preparation of all surfaces to be primed shall be equal to that specifiedby Federal Specification TT-C-490B for equivalent use. The final preparationfor priming shall include a careful inspection to make certain that allsurfaces to be primed will permit optimum adhesion of all paint films.
1.10.1.2. Surface Cleaning: All interior and exterior panelsand rub rails to be painted or coated shall be thoroughly cleaned to removeall rust, grease, weld slag, and other foreign material prior to priming.Any welds on the components for the bus body or chassis shall be dressed,sanded, buffed, and thoroughly cleaned to remove any slag and to properlyprepare the welds for priming. After proper cleaning, these componentsshall be thoroughly rinsed. Neither the cleaning process nor the rinsesshall impair the zinc phosphate coating of the panels or rub rails.
1.10.2. Primer Coat:17
After the components have been thoroughly cleaned and preparedas described above, they shall be totally primed and dried. These componentsmay be primed and dried either prior to or after installation. All componentssuch as rivet or bolt heads and damaged areas shall be thoroughly cleanedand primed.
1.10.3. Finish Coat:18
After all interior and exterior panels and rub rails have beenprepared, cleaned, and primed as specified above, they shall be finishedwith a first quality baking enamel, applied and baked according to thepaint manufacturer's instructions. These enamels, when applied over thepaint manufacturer's recommended primer, shall have properties equal toor better than those specified by Federal Specification TT-E-489F, ClassB. Both interior and exterior enamel finish coats shall have a minimumdry film thickness of two (2) mils, when tested with a "dry film thicknessgauge" (such as the "Elcometer Dry Film Thickness Gage," Gardner Laboratory,Inc., Bethesda, Maryland 20014) conforming to Federal Specification TT-C-490B.All processes and methods used in the enamel finish coat operation shallbe in accordance with the best recognized industrial practices. In no instanceshall the enamel finish coat be applied over an unprimed surface.
17 Componentsof the body frame system need not be primed, except for welds. All processesand methods used in the priming operation shall be in accordance with thebest recognized industrial practices. Primers shall be those recommendedby the paint manufacturer supplying the finish coat enamels. Primers maybe any color. Clear-coated panels are required below the passenger windowsand in the stepwell [See Paragraph E.2.9.].

18 Alternate methodsfor preparing metal surfaces and painting procedures will be consideredon an individual basis. Manufacturers shall submit their procedural datato the Commission for approoval where methods are used that differ fromthose specified above.

1.11. UNDERCOATING:

Undercoating is required to provide for insulation, sound deadening,protection from road minerals, and rust prevention, as applicable, andshall meet the following:
1.11.1. Application:
The entire underside of the bus body, including floor members,wheelwells, side panels below the floor level, and all metal fenders orfenders with metal liners shall be coated with one-eighth inch (1/8") thickmaterial as specified below. The undercoating shall be applied in accordancewith the undercoating manufacturer's instructions. Do not cover up or obliteratethe chassis identification plate [See Paragraph A.6.4.3].
1.11.2. Material:
Insulating and undercoating materials shall be an asphalt baseunderbody coating conforming to Federal Specification TT-C-520B, such asR-477-139, manufactured by Daubert Chemical Co., Chicago, Illinois 60638or Lion Nokorode Emulsion 331 as manufactured by Lion Oil Company, El Dorado,Arkansas 71730, or an approved equal. An example of an approved equal isTectyl MC121B, manufactured by Ashland Petroleum Company, Box 391, Ashland,Kentucky 41101, applied to a dry film thickness greater than twenty (20)mils.

1.12. WIRING:

All wiring shall conform to the current standards of the SAE.All connections shall be made by soldering or by an industry-approved connector.All wires shall be insulated and shall be enclosed in a fibrous loom, orequal, for protection from external damage and short circuits. The wiresshall be securely attached to the body and chassis at interval of twenty-fourinches (24") or less.
1.12.1. Accessory Wiring:
Body-installed accessories shall be wired from the batterythrough a low voltage solenoid cut-off switch operated by the ignitionkey except for the eight (8) light warning system and hazard warning lights.
1.12.2. Color and Number Coding:
A system of color and number coding shall be used and an appropriateidentifying diagram shall be provided together with the wiring diagramprovided by the chassis manufacturer.

The following body interconnectingcircuits shall be color coded as noted

FUNCTION COLOR
Left RearDirectional Signal Yellow
Right RearDirectional Signal Dark Green
Stoplights  Red
Backup Lights Blue
Taillights Brown
Ground  White
IgnitionFeed, Primary Feed Black
The color of the cables shallconform to SAE J1128.
1.12.3. Fusing:
Each circuit, except starting and ignition, shall be fusedseparately or shall have an adequate circuit breaker. Two (2) extra fusesfor each size of fuse installed on the bus by the body manufacturers, shallbe conveniently mounted on the bus body.
1.12.4. Main Circuits:
The electrical system wiring shall have at least nine (9) maincircuits:
(1) Head, tail, stop (brake), and instrument panel lamps.

(2) Clearance and stepwell lamps.

(3) Dome lamps.

(4) Starter motor.

(5) Ignition and emergency door signal.

(6) Turn-signal (directional).

(7) Alternately flashing signal lamps.

(8) Horn.

(9) Heater and defroster.

E.2. CONSTRUCTION:

2.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

Twenty-four passenger (24-) through 83-passenger school busesshall meet or exceed the bus body joint strength requirements of FMVSSNo. 221. The bodies shall be reasonably dustproof and watertight. The mainsteel components are listed below and their requirements are listed inTable No. Nine (9). They shall be constructed of Type I steel except asnoted there:
2.1.1. Components:
The main structural components of the body shall consist of:
2.1.1.1. The Body Frame System: Posts, bow frames, strainers,front and rear framing, longitudinal frame members, and emergency doorposts.
2.1.1.2. The Exterior Paneling: Side panels, rub rails, servicedoors, emergency doors, skirts, roof panels, window jambs (post caps),window sills, and front and rear panels including front cowl.
2.1.1.3. The Floor System: Floor panels, main cross members,auxiliary cross members, wheelhousing, steps, and stepwell bracing.
2.1.1.4. The Interior Paneling: Side and ceiling panels.
2.1.2. Body-Chassis Attachment:
The body shall be attached to the chassis frame by means ofU-bolts with seven-sixteenths inch (7/16") diameter threads and a minimumten-thousand pounds (10,000 lbs.) tensile pull strength per arm, and themanufacturer's standard clips to prevent slippage between the chassis frameand the bus body. The U-bolts shall be fitted with lock washers and nutsand, after the nuts have been securely tightened, the threads of each U-boltshall extend a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") past the nuts. Each busshall be furnished with the following as indicated:
2.1.2.1. Body-Chassis Insulation: Anti-squeak material in continuousstrips or rubber pads shall be permanently and firmly attached to the framerails or cross members to insulate chassis from the body.
2.1.2.2. Other Fastening Devices: All other main cross members(not attached by U-bolts) on all sizes of bodies shall be attached to thechassis with the manufacturer's standard fastening devices where possible.Shear bolts or other equally effective devices approved by the Commission,may be used in addition to U-bolts and standard clips to eliminate slippage.
2.1.2.3. U-Bolt: Bus bodies shall be attached to the chassiswith U-bolts. The number used and their placement shall be as follows:
BUS SIZE NO. OF U-BOLTS, Min.1 PLACEMENT
24 4 (2 oneach frame rail) 1/3 and2/3 length of bus 1 at each end;
35, 47,& 53 6 (3 oneach frame rail) one in center1 at each end;
59, 65,71, 77, & 83 8 (4 oneach frame rail)  one aboutone-third and one about two-thirds of length of bus body.
1School buses equipped with any combination of wheelchair lift positionsand conventional seats shall have as a minimum, the number of U-bolts asif the bus were equipped with all conventional seating (e.g., a 71-passengerschool bus body equipped with any combination of wheelchair positions andconventional seats shall have at least eight (8) U-bolts (four (4) installedon each frame rail). 

TABLE NO. NINE (9) STEEL REQUIREMENTS NOMINAL METAL THICKNESSESAND ZINC COATING DESIGNATIONS19

Item Number Components Thickness, In. Metal Zinc Coating Designation
1 Bows, Frames .0635  G 60
2 Bows, Roof .0635  G 60
3 Cowl, Front .0635  G 60
4 Doors, Emergencyand Service:   G 60
4a ExteriorPanel .0396  G 60
4b InteriorPanel .0336  G 60
5 Door Posts:    
5a EmergencyDoor .0785  G 60
6 Floor Panels .0785  G 60
7 LongitudinalFrame Members:    
7a Floor Line .0635  G 60
7b Seat Line .0635  G 60
7c Belt Line .0635  G 60
7d Window HeaderLine .0635  G 60
8 Panels,Exterior:    
8a Front .0396  G 60
8b Rear .0396  G 60
8c Roof .0396  G 60 or A 60
8d Side .0396  G 60 or A 60
8e Skirts .0396  G 60
9 Panels,Interior:    
9a Headlining .0336  G 60 or A 60
9b Front Lap .0336  G 60 or A 60
9c Rear Lap .0336  G 60 or A 60
9d Lower (belowwindows) .0336  G 60 or A 601
10 Posts, Side .0635  G 60
11 Rub Rails:    
11a Skirt Line .0635  G 60
11b Floor Line .0635  G 60
11c Seat Line .0635  G 60
11d Window Line .0396  G 60
12 Wheel Housing .0635  G 60
13 Window Sills .0396  G 60**
1 Lowerinterior embossed panels (Item No. 9d) and stepwell wall panels shall beclear-coated galvanized steel, ASTM designation A446-76, or Galvalume,aluminized steel, or aluminum over steel. 
19It is mandatorythat all components listed in Table No. Nine(9) be of the above types ofsteel, unless otherwise specified. Item No. 13 may be of aluminum alloy6063-T6 having a minimum thickness of 0.062 inch. All other metal componentsnot listed in Table No. Nine (9) may also be zinc-coated steel. NOTE: OTHERBODY METAL OR MATERIAL USED IN CONSTRUCTION SHALL HAVE STRENGTH AT LEASTEQUIVALENT TO STEEL COMPONENTS SPECIFIED ABOVE.
 
TYPE I (Regular): ASTM SpecificationA525, coating designation G60, as specified, mill zinc-coated steel. Coatedsteel, except components not to be primed and painted, shall have a smoothminimized spangle surface which has been zinc phosphate treated by thesteel mill or by the bus body manufacturer.
TYPE II (Alloyed): ASTM Specification A525, coating designationA60, mill zinc-coated steel which has been zinc phosphate treated by thesteel mill or by the bus manufacturer.
Standard ANCI tolerances allowed for metal thickness requirements.
2.1.3. Body-Cowl Attachment:
Buses equipped with chassis manufacturer's cowl shall be furnishedwith the body securely attached to the rear face of the chassis cowl witha minimum of nine (9) bolts, nuts, and lock washers. On all such busesthe junction between cowl and body shall be sealed to form a gastight andwatertight seam. The sealant used shall be either the best grade of moldedor extruded rubber weather stripping or a good quality, pressure applied,silicone elastomer sealant.
2.1.4. Bus Body Length:
The bus body shall extend to, or farther than, the end of thechassis frame so that all main cross members and auxiliary cross memberswill rest upon the chassis frame. The distance from the end of the chassisframe and the rear of the body shall not exceed six inches (6").
2.1.5. Caulking:
A flexible, tenacious, high quality caulking compound or adhesiveshall be applied to the top of all rub rails, all unwelded metal joints,and to any place where moisture could enter through the exterior panels.This does not include the fresh air intake or heater or drain openingsat the bottom of the rub rails. The compound shall be applied to the requiredareas in a neat and workmanlike manner without voids or skips.
2.1.6. Chassis Frame Alterations:
The body manufacturer shall not in any manner alter the 24-through 83-passenger chassis frame except to cut off the rear portion ofthe frame where necessary to weld bumper braces, and to lengthen the framein order to comply with the requirements of Paragraph F.3.1. None of therivets in the chassis frame shall be cut flush with the frame or removed.The body manufacturer may alter the chassis frame to adapt standard chassisto forward control. Any change must have body manufacturer's warranty.
2.1.7. Exhaust Pipe Extension:
The body manufacturer shall furnish and install an exhaustpipe extension when necessary in order to insure compliance with the chassisrequirements of the exhaust system [See Paragraph F.5.5]. The tail pipeshall not extend beyond the rear bumper.
2.1.8. Fasteners, Bolts and Rivets:
All bolts and rivets used in the manufacture of the schoolbus body shall be high strength metal. All bolts shall be equipped withlock washers or other acceptable devices to prevent loosening under vibration.All bolts, nuts, and washers except U-bolts, their nuts and washers, shallbe parkerized, cadmium-plated, or otherwise rustproofed.
2.1.9. Fasteners, Other:
Sheet metal screws or self-tapping bolts of any type shallnot be used in the construction of bodies except:
2.1.9.1. Alignment20 of doors or in conjunctionwith rivets, welds, or bolts for compliance with FMVSS No. 221, as applicable,or;
20 When self-tapping bolts are usedto align doors, they shall be tack-welded at the head or applied with themetal adhesive and shall not exceed the number of rivets, or bolts, nuts,and washers installed in the door hinges.
2.1.9.2. Attachment of exterior mirrors in certain cases [SeeParagraph E.3.8.5], or;
2.1.9.3. Electrical wire moldings and light fixtures
2.1.9.4. Installation of header pads over the doors, or;
2.1.9.5. Installation of rub rails or emergency door handlesand latches where it is impossible to use rivets or bolts, nuts, and lockwashers and then only when these fasteners are used in conjunction withthe manufacturer's standard metal adhesive which is used to meet jointstrength requirements, or;
2.1.9.6. Interior panels which must be removed to give accessibilityto other interior or concealed components, or;
2.1.9.7. Seat construction [See Paragraph E.2.13.5.2], or;
2.1.9.8. Window frames when applied with the metal adhesive.
2.1.10. Front Body Section, Semi-forward Control Bodies:
On semi-forward control 24- through 71-passenger buses, thefront body section of the school bus from the windshield forward shallbe of the bus body manufacturer's standard design and shall contain, butnot be limited to, the following components:
2.1.10.1 Fenders: Properly braced fenders with the total spreadof the outer edges exceeding the total spread of the front tires when thefront wheels are in the straight-ahead position.
2.1.10.2 Grille: A sufficiently reinforced grille assembly.
2.1.10.3 Hood: Hood cover with latching mechanism providingaccess to the forward part of the engine.
2.1.10.4. Lamps: Headlamps and parking/turn-signal lamps asrequired by FMVSS No. 108.
2.1.11. Fuel Filler Opening:
The body manufacturer will provide an opening in the body panelof sufficient size to allow easy access and entry of fuel nozzle to thefuel tank filler neck opening. This opening in the panel must be so positionedthat the filler neck, when viewed at right angles from the side, is approximatelycentered in the cut-out. This opening shall be provided with a hinged coverso designed and constructed to remain open when fueling is in progressand remain in a totally closed position at all other times [See ParagraphE.2.10.3.1].
2.1.12. Identification Plate:
Each body shall bear in a prominent place a permanently attachedplate showing the name of the manufacturer and the body serial number [SeeParagraph A.6.4.2].
2.1.13. Steering Wheel Placement:
There shall be at least a two inch (2") clearance between thesteering wheel and the cowl, instrument panel, or any other surface.
2.1.14. Wood:
The use of wood shall be limited to the construction of passengerseats, seat backs, or header pads, and the bottom of any tool compartmentor to insulate floors.

2.2. ACCESS PANELS:

Any panel used for access to the engine radiator or radiatoroverflow container and installed in the passenger compartment shall havea keyed lock. This does not include the engine cover.

2.3. BATTERY COMPARTMENT:

If the battery is mounted on the chassis frame, which is requiredon diesel-powered buses, the bus body manufacturer shall provide a batterycompartment beneath the floor of the bus body. This compartment shall bea skirt type container, reinforced and equipped with a pullout receptacleand an outside access door. The battery compartment shall provide completeweather protection for the battery as well as total access for servicing[See Paragraph F.4.2.4]. Battery cables of sufficient length shall be providedto accommodate the mounting of the battery in this compartment, and thebody manufacturer shall mount the battery in the compartment. This compartmentis not available on rear engine buses.

2.4. BODY FRAME:

The complete body frame shall be formed, welded, riveted, orlock bolted, assembled and constructed in accordance with recognized engineeringpractices within the bus body industry.
2.4.1. Design:
The frame shall have a formed shape with a minimum cross sectionaldepth of one-and-one-eighth inches (1-1/8"). Frame members, running fromone side main cross member to the other side main cross member, may becontinuous bow frames, or they may consist of side posts and roof bows.If side posts and roof bows are used, every pair of side posts must beconnected by a roof bow to form the equivalent of a continuous bow frame.The side posts shall be set on not more than thirty inch (30") centers,except that one (1) side post and bow or one bow frame may be set on amaximum of thirty-eight-and-three-fourth inch (38-3/4") center, or three(3) bow frame sections not exceeding thirty-six-and-one-half inches (36-1/2")may be used in any one (1) body (up to four (4) thirty-eight-and-three-fourthinch (38-3/4") body frame sections may be used for Forward Control RearEngine buses ONLY). Each of the side posts or bow frames shall besecurely welded, riveted, or lock bolted to the floor system at each maincross member or to the longitudinal frame member which is located at thefloor line. Each side post and/or bow frame must also be attached, as specifiedabove, to the remaining longitudinal frame members.
2.4.2. Front Frame Section
The front frame shall be a unitized framework of formed sectionsdesigned with the necessary stress members required to withstand the torsionalstresses set up by or in the chassis. The corner posts shall extend fromthe bottom of the body to the windshield header and shall not cause orproduce a "blind spot" for the driver. The front assembly shall be securelyattached to the floor system by lock bolting, welding, or riveting andshall be securely bolted to the chassis cowl in such a manner as to notto cause undue strain [See Paragraph E.2.4.1].
2.4.3. Longitudinal Frame Members:
The body frame shall have not less than four (4) individualside longitudinal frame members extending the full length of the body (exceptas interrupted by side posts or when cut for an opening for the wheelhousing).One (1) each shall be located at the floor line, the seat line, the beltline, and at the window header line. The belt line longitudinal membermay be replaced by an exterior rub rail, i.e., an extra rub rail in thebelt line area. This rub rail shall meet requirements specified under RUBRAILS, Paragraph E.2.10.
2.4.4 Material:
The body frame system [See Paragraph E.2.1.1] shall be of thetype, grade, and thickness of steel specified in Table No. Nine (9) orapproved equal, and shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 220.
2.4.5. Rear Frame Section:
The rear frame shall consist of a formed sill, two (2) posts(one (1) on either side of the emergency door, extending from the sillto the roof bow and intersected by a rear header at the proper point),and suitable strainers to form a rigid framework. This framework shallbe assembled and attached to the floor system by welding, riveting, orlock bolting.

2.5. EMERGENCY EXITS:

Texas school buses shall be provided with emergency exits whichcomply with FMVSS No. 217 and those requirements as listed below:
2.5.1. EMERGENCY DOORS:
The emergency door shall be of the type, grade, and thicknessof steel specified in Table No. Nine (9) or approved equal. Emergency doorson buses furnished to this specification shall be equipped with doors meetingthe requirements below. Emergency doors shall be furnished with upper glasspanels, permanently closed, set in rubber or sealed against rubber. [SeeParagraphs E.2.19.2. and E.1.4.4.] No seat or other object shall be placedin the body that restricts the passageway to the emergency door to lessthan twelve inches (12"). There shall be no steps leading to the emergencydoor.
2.5.1.1. Attachment: The hinges for the emergency doors shallbe attached with rivets or bolts, nuts, and lock washers. Metal screwsor self-tapping bolts are not acceptable. Metal screws may be used foralignment of doors while installing rivets. Self-tapping bolts may be usedfor alignment if the bolt heads are tack-welded to the hinges [See ParagraphE.2.1.9.1.].
2.5.1.2. Design: The emergency door on all except rear-enginebuses21 shall be located in the center of the rear of the bodyand shall have a minimum horizontal opening of thirty inches (30") anda minimum vertical opening of forty-eight inches (48") measured from thefloor level. The door shall be hinged on the right side of the body (forwardside for rear engine buses), shall open outward, and shall be designedto permit opening from both inside and outside of the bus. It shall beproperly sealed against moisture and dust.
21 A left rearemergency door meeting the requirements of FMVSS No. 217, shall be providedon rear engine buses.
2.5.1.3. Door Holding Device: A means(device) shall be provided to hold the swing-out type door (s) in the fullyopened position (ninety degree (90°) minimum).
2.5.1.4. Glass Panels: The glass in the emergency door shallhave an area of not less that two-hundred-ninety-nine square inches (299sq. in.) and shall be set solid in a waterproof manner [See Paragraph E.2.19.1.1.].The installation of glass in the lower portion of the door is requiredand shall meet the same requirements (lower glass panels not required inthe emergency doors of rear engine buses). The lower glass panels shallbe the body manufacturer's standard size. These glass panels shall be installedsecurely to prevent removal by hand.
2.5.1.5. Header Board: The head impact area on the inside atthe top of the emergency door shall be protected by an energy-absorbing,padded header board, three inches (3") wide and one inch (1") thick, extendingthe full width of the emergency door to prevent injury when accidentallyimpacted.
2.5.1.6. Latch: The emergency door shall be equipped with aslide bar rack and pinion (cam) operated latch. The slide bar shall beapproximately one-and-one-fourth inches (1-1/4") wide and three-eighthsinch (3/8") thick and shall have a minimum stroke of one-and-one-eighthinches(1-1/8"). The slide bar shall be spring loaded so as to retain thebar in the closed position and have a minimum of one inch (1") of horizontalbearing surface beyond the edge of the door frame when the door lock isin a latched position.
2.5.1.7. Latch Handle: The movement of the lock handle throughits full arc of operation shall not be obstructed by, or extended intothe area behind the rear seats at the emergency door. The handle, whenin the closed position, shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 217. Thedesign of the latch handle shall allow quick release, but shall offer protectionagainst accidental release. Control of the fastening devices from the driver'sseat shall not be permitted. A pull handle shall be installed on the insideof the emergency door so that the door can be securely closed for positivefastening. Provisions for opening from the outside shall consist of a handle(device) designed to prevent "hitching a ride" yet allowing the door tobe opened when necessary. The outside handle, when in the closed position,shall extend vertically downward from its pivot center.
2.5.1.8. Switch: The emergency door latch shall be equippedwith a heavy-duty electric plunger-type switch connected to a warning buzzerlocated in the driver's compartment. The switch shall be enclosed in anadequately protected case, and wires leading from the switch shall be concealedin the walls. The switch shall be mounted plumb, parallel, and perpendicularto the striker plate of the lock slide bar. The switch shall be installedso that the buzzer will sound before the door handle is turned far enoughto permit the door to open. The switch shall be Cole-Hersee's No. 9118,having an upset end (knob) on the plunger head.
2.5.2. Emergency Exit Requirements:
"Type A", "Type B", "Type C", and "Type D" vehicles shall beequipped with a total number of emergency exits as follows for the indicatedcapacities of vehicles. Exits required by FMVSS No. 217 may be includedto comprise the total number of exits specified:

Zero to 42 Passenger = One (1) emergency exit per side and one (1) roofhatch.

43 to 78 Passenger = Two (2) emergency exits per side and two (2) roofhatches.

79 to 90 Passenger = Three (3) emergency exits per side and two (2)roof hatches.

Each emergency exit above shall comply with FMVSS No. 217. These emergencyexits are in addition to the rear emergency door or exit.

In addition to the audible warning required on emergency doors by FMVSSNo. 217 additional emergency exits may also be equipped with an audiblewarning device.

2.6. FLOORS:

The floor system [See Paragraph E.2.1.1.3.] shall be of thetype, grade, and thickness of steel specified in Table No. Nine (9) orapproved equal (See Paragraph. E.3.1.].
2.6.1. Construction and Installation:
The floor panels shall run the full width of the floor andshall be supported on all outside edges by a longitudinal frame member.The floor panels shall be welded, riveted, or bolted to the main and auxiliarycross members and shall be joined so as to form a leakproof and dustprooffloor. The main and auxiliary cross members shall extend the full interiorwidth of the floor panels. The side posts or bow frames shall be securelywelded, riveted, or bolted to the floor system and to the longitudinalframe members or gussets.
2.6.2. Cross Members:
The cross members shall be spaced not more than ten inches(10") center-to-center. The floor panels and cross members shall be designedso as to completely and adequately support all fixed and changeable loadsunder all operating conditions without deformation of the underbody structure,strains to body, or fractures of member joints. The design and strengthof the under structure shall be sufficient to eliminate the necessity ofinstalling outriggers attached to the chassis except at the front entrance.The undersurface of the entire floor structure, including wheelhousingand stepwell, shall be sprayed with material at least one-eighth inch (1/8")thick conforming to that specified in Paragraph E.1.11.
2.6.3. Insulation:
When air conditioning is ordered [See Option No. One (1) andParagraph H.1.2.] the floor shall be covered with five-eighths inch (5/8")nominal thickness A-C or B-B exterior grade plywood manufactured in accordancewith U.S. Product Standard PS 1-83. CDX interior grade plywood with exteriorglue is acceptable when all surfaces including the edges of the wood arecovered or sealed against the exterior environment. [See Paragraph. C.2.5.1.].

2.7. FLOOR COVERING:

2.7.1. Aisle Material:
Floor covering in the aisle shall be the aisle type, fire-resistantrubber or equivalent, and shall be nonskid, wear-resistant, and ribbed.Minimum overall thickness shall be three-sixteenths inches (3/16") whenmeasured from tops of the ribs. Rubber aisle floor covering shall meetFederal Specification ZZ-M-71D.
2.7.2. Installation:
Floor covering must be permanently bonded to floor and mustnot crack when subjected to sudden changes in temperature. Bonding or adhesivematerial shall be waterproof and shall be a type recommended by the manufacturerof floor-covering material. All seams must be sealed with waterproof sealer.
2.7.3. Trim:
Seams shall be covered with extruded aluminum metal stripsof a minimum three-sixteenths inches (3/16") high and one inch (1") widethat shall be installed on each side of the aisle, the full length of theaisle, so as to secure both the edges of the aisle covering and adjoiningedges of the underseat covering. Each aisle strip shall consist of notmore than three (3) pieces of the metal stripping. The strips shall besecured to the flooring with flush-mounted flat or low profile oval headscrews; holes for the screws shall be countersunk. The screws shall beplaced not more than nine inches (9") apart for the full length of themetal strips except that the ends of each piece of stripping shall havescrews placed at not more than three-fourths inches (3/4") from each end.Screws may be placed nine-and-one-half inches (9-1/2") apart onlyto avoid interference with floor sill members.
2.7.4 Underseat Material:
The floor in the underseat area (including wheelwells, andthe areas under the driver's seat, wheelchairs, and toeboard except transmissioninspection plate) shall be covered with fire-resistant rubber floor coveringor equivalent having minimum overall thickness of one-eighth inches (1/8").Floor covering on toeboard shall be held in place by trim strip or molding.

2.8. PANELS, EXTERIOR:

2.8.1. Attachment and Installation:
All exterior panels shall be attached to bow frames and strainersso as to act as an integral part of the structural frame. They shall beinstalled by lapping and riveting, lapping and bolting, or by flangingand bolting and in such a manner as to form watertight joints. The exteriorside panels shall be installed either vertically or longitudinally. Verticalpanels shall be one-piece (1-piece) and shall extend from the window lineto or below the floor line. Longitudinal panels shall be installed startingat or below the floor line and extending upward to the window line witheach ascending panel overlapping the preceding panel. Rub rails shall notbe considered as part of the paneling for covering the side except forpressed-in window rails.
2.8.2. Design:
The front and rear exterior panels shall be formed into thedesired contours to give a smooth, pleasing appearance to the bus. Thefront and rear exterior roof panels shall be of not more than three (3)pieces welded or riveted together to form a continuous piece over the frontand rear frame.
2.8.3. Joints:
Joints shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 221.
2.8.4. Material:
All exterior panels [See Paragraph E.2.1.1.2.] shall be ofthe type, grade, and thickness of steel specified in Table No. Nine (9)or approved equal.
2.8.5. Undercoating
All exterior panels shall be completely sprayed on the insideof the main exposed surfaces, and shall feather edge to the edge of theattaching members, with one-sixteenth inch (1/16") thick material conformingto that specified in Paragraph E.1.11. The spraying shall be done afterthe panels are installed.

2.9. PANELS, INTERIOR:

All interior wall and ceiling panels shall be steel and ofthe body manufacturer's standard design except the panels beneath the windowsshall be clear-coated galvanized embossed steel meeting ASTM A 446. Alsothe stepwell and riser panels in the service door entryway shall be clear-coatedgalvanized steel (embossing not required). Galvalume, aluminized steel,and aluminum over steel panels are acceptable for use beneath the windowsand in the entryway.
2.9.1. Attachment:
All interior panels shall be attached to the frame structureby bolts, rivets, or by any well-designed method utilizing self-lockingpanels, or locking panel strips. Regardless of the method used, the panelsshall be attached so that vibration, rumbling, and popping will be at aminimum.
2.9.2 Design:
Front and rear panels shall be formed to present a smooth,pleasing appearance. If the ceiling is constructed so as to contain lappedjoints, the forward panel shall be lapped by the rear panel and all exposededges shall be beaded, hemmed, flanged, or otherwise treated to minimizesharp edges.

2.10. RUB RAILS:

Four (4) separate, one-piece (1-piece), continuous rub railsof the type, grade, and thickness of steel specified in Table No. Nine(9) (or approved equal), shall be installed on the body as described below.The minimum finished width of all rub rails shall be four inches (4"):
2.10.1. Construction:
The rub rails shall be of ample strength to resist impact andto prevent crushing of the bus body and shall be a flanged-formed channel,longitudinally fluted or corrugated rib surface. Ends shall be (1) smoothlyclosed, or (2) closed by a rounded end cap which shall be butt- or flash-weldedto the rub rail, or (3) closed by a rounded end cap inserted with an approximateone inch (1") sleeve inside of the rub rail, riveted in position at thetop and bottom of the rub rail flange, and sealed in the same manner asthe top flange of the rub rails.
2.10.2. Drainage:
The bottom edge of each rub rail (except the pressed-in-typewhich may be used near the window line) shall have provisions for drainageof accumulated moisture. One (1) of the following drainage methods shallbe used:
2.10.2.1. Slots: The bottom flange of the rub rail shall havea minimum of one inch by 0.32 inch (1" x 0.32") formed slots spaced onnot more than twelve inch (12") centers, or;
2.10.2.2. Slots or Holes: One (1), one-fourth inch (1/4") diameterslot or hole per foot in the lowest part of the rub rail drilled priorto the priming, painting, and installation of the rub rail shall be provided.Holes drilled after rub rail installation or after priming and paintingare not acceptable. Formed slots are preferred over drilled or cut holes.
2.10.3. Installation:
All rub rails shall be bolted or riveted on top and bottomto each side post and riveted on top and bottom to the exterior panelingbetween the side posts [See exception in Paragraph E.2.1.9.5.]. Provisionsfor one-piece (1-piece) rails may be accomplished by butt- or flash-welding.All welds, including those for the end caps, shall be dressed, sanded,and buffed. These rub rails shall be installed on both sides of the busbody as follows:
2.10.3.1. Floor and Skirt Level: The floor and skirt levelrub rails and the additional rub rail furnished in lieu of one longitudinalframe member shall be installed the full outside length of the body (exceptat wheel housings) on the right side from the service door to the rearcorner radius and on the left side from the point of curvature near theoutside cowl to the rear corner radius. One (1) of the floor level railsmay be cut to provide an opening for the gas tank filler neck only if fueltank furnished to meet FMVSS No. 301-75 requires the opening to be enlarged,or to meet the requirements in Paragraph E.2.1.11.

2.10.3.2. Seat Level: The seat level rub rail shall be installed fromthe service door completely around the bus body (except for emergency doorand rear engine bus) to the point of curvature near the outside cowl onleft side. The rails may be two-piece (2-piece) with the joint being nearthe rear side of the bus body. The rail extension shall be joined to thecontinuous side rail by one of the following: (1) butt welding; (2) joggedlapped by not less than one inch (1") and riveted, or; (3) butted witha sleeve riveted over the joint. When joining is by lapping or fasteningwith a sleeve, the joint must be made at the rearmost body side post orpreferably, the second post from the rear.

2.10.3.3. Window Level: The window level rub rail shall be installedthe full outside length of the body on the right side from the servicedoor to the rear corner radius and on the left side from the point of curvaturenear the outside cowl to the rear corner radius. The splice, if necessary,shall be located at the body post behind the rear wheel house, by lappingthe full width of the supporting part of the post.
2.10.4. Location:
One (1) rub rail shall be installed at the skirt level, one(1) at or near the floor, one (1) at or near the seat level, and one (1)near the window line. One (1) additional rub rail may be furnished in lieuof one longitudinal frame member [See Paragraph E.2.4.3.].
2.10.5. Sealing:
The top joint of the rub rail shall be sealed with a caulkingcompound or adhesive as specified in Paragraph E.2.1.5.

2.11. SEAT BARRIERS:

Seat barriers shall be furnished and installed in accordancewith FMVSS No. 222. The front barriers shall not infringe upon the arearequired for safety and operating equipment.
2.11.1. Handrail:
A grab handle or handrail of sufficient length to assist enteringand exiting passengers shall be installed on the forward side of the rightbarrier. The outside surface of this handle shall be stainless steel, polishedaluminum, or chrome-plated steel. [See Paragraph C.2.14.4.].
2.11.2. Knee Space:
Knee space between these barriers and the front of each frontpassenger seat shall be at least twenty-four inches (24") for 24-passengerbus, at least twenty-four-and-three-fourths inches (24-3/4") for the 71S-and 83-passenger buses, and at least twenty-five inches (25") for all other35- through 77-passenger buses when measured from the modesty panel tothe front of the seat back at the center of the seat approximately fourinches (4") above the seat cushion.
2.11.3. Upholstery:
Barriers shall be covered with upholstery meeting the requirementsof Paragraph C.2.12.3.6.

2.12. SEATING REQUIREMENTS, DRIVER, HIGHBACK SUSPENSION:

2.12.1. Design:
The base of the driver's seat shall be of the adjustable pedestaltype or the platform type having an adjustment range of approximately fourinches (4") "Fore and Aft," and a separate minimum one inch (1") verticaladjustment. The back of the driver's seat shall be heavily padded and form-fitted.Driver's seat supplied by the body company shall be a high back suspensionseat with a minimum seat back adjustment of fifteen degrees (15°),not requiring the use of tools, and with a head restraint to accommodatea 95th percentile adult male, as defined in FMVSS No. 208. The driver'sseat shall be secured with nuts, bolts, and washers or flanged-headed nuts.
2.12.2. Driver's Seat Access:
There shall be unrestricted access to the driver's seated positionfrom either the aisle or the right service door without the operator havingto climb over the engine cover or any other object. The minimum space betweenthe driver's seat (in the rearmost position) and the engine cover or otherobject (except seat belt anchorage) at the floor and at the seat levelshall be not less than six inches (6").
2.12.3. Installation:
The pedestal or platform shall be mounted with bolts, flatwashers, lock washers, and nuts except where it is impossible to use boltsand nuts at certain floor points due to main cross members or floor sillinterference. Thread-forming or cutting bolts and lock washers may be usedat these points.
2.12.4. Seat Belts and Seat Belt Assembly:
A three- point (3-point), "Type II" seat belt assembly conformingto FMVSS No. 209 shall be provided for the driver. The belt assembly shallbe equipped with at least one reel-type emergency locking retractor (ELR)for the continuous belt assembly. The location of the seat belt anchorageshall conform to SAE Standard J383 with the driver's seat adjusted to itsrearmost position. The anchored ends of the belt assembly shall be fittedwith a minimum eight inch (8") semi-rigid plastic boot which will preventthat portion of the belt between the buckle and the retractor reel fromcontacting the floor and to keep the belt from hitting the feet of thepassengers in the front seat directly behind the driver. The seat beltassembly shall be anchored in such a manner or guided at the seat frameso as to prevent the driver from sliding sideways from under the belt.

2.13. SEATING REQUIREMENTS, PASSENGER:

The bus passenger seats shall meet or exceed the knee spacingand crash protection requirements of FMVSS No. 222 and shall conform tothe following:
2.13.1. Seat Back Heights:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.2122], seat back heights shall be increased four inches (4")over the seat back heights required by FMVSS No. 222.
22 Seat backswith this option will have heights of approximately twenty-eight inches(28").
2.13.2. Seat Belts, Passenger, Optional:[See Paragraph E.3.13.].
2.13.3. Seat Cushions:
All twenty-six inch (26") and all thirty-nine inch (39") seatcushions shall be designed to adequately support, respectively, two orthree (2 or 3) passengers of one-hundred-twenty pounds (120 lbs.) each.All seat cushion materials shall meet or exceed the requirements of FMVSSNo. 302 and/or California Technical Bulletin 117. The seat cushion shallbe either of one-piece (1-piece) construction or may be constructed ofmore than one-piece (1-piece) at the manufacturer's option. The seat cushionunit shall consist of a base, a one- or two-piece (1- or 2-piece) polyurethanefoam cushion, and upholstery, meeting the following requirements:
2.13.3.1. Base: The base shall be nominal one-half inch (1/2")thick, interior grade, C-D plywood with exterior grade glue, identificationindex 32/16, manufactured in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS1-83 and identified as to veneer grade and glue bond type by the trademarksof an approved testing agency. Plywood with blue stain in sapwood is notacceptable.

Alternatively, the base may be made of "Donnite" material, manufacturedby the Donnite Corporation, Flora & Harrison, Plymouth, Indiana 45563,of equal or better strength and thickness.

2.13.3.2. Foam Cushion Assembly, One-Piece Polyurethane Foam:

(i) Construction: The seat cushion dimensions shall be in accordancewith the nominal dimensional requirements as shown in Figure No. Two (2).

(ii) Design: The one-piece (1-piece) foam cushion shall be solid polyurethanefoam conforming to the physical requirements in Table No. Ten (10) (rebondedor molded polyurethane foams are not acceptable for seat cushion).

FIGURE 2 SEAT CUSHION ASSEMBLY (If necessary, request acopy of the drawings by calling (512) 463-3369.) FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW SIDE VIEW TABLE NO. TEN (10) ONE-PIECE CUSHION PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (ASTM D 3574)

Item One-Piece Seat Cushion
Density,lbs/cubic foot, Min. 1.8
Load Deflection,4" thick @ 25% Indentation, Min. 90
IndentionLoad, ratio, 65%/25%, Min. 2
CompressionSet, 50% Deflection (22 hrs @ 158° F), Max. 2.0
TensileStrength, lbs/square inch, Min. 10
TensileElongation, %, Min. 150
Tear Resistance,labs/inch, Min. 1.5
2.13.3.3. Foam Cushion Assembly, Two-piecePolyurethane:
(i) Construction: The seat cushion assembly shall be fabricatedin accordance with the nominal dimensional requirements as shown in FigureNo. Two (2). In the two-piece (2-piece) assembly, the top one-and-one-halfinches (1-1/2") of the cushion shall be of one (1) continuous foam piece.All parts of the seat cushion and the seat stiffeners shall be securelycemented or otherwise bonded together to form the seat cushion assemblyshown in Figure No. Two (2).

(ii) Design: The two-piece (2-piece) foam cushion assembly shallbe constructed of unfilled polyurethane foam conforming to the physicalrequirements in Table No. Eleven (11) (rebonded polyurethane foams arenot acceptable for seat cushion or seat stiffeners):

TABLE NO. ELEVEN (11) TWO-PIECE CUSHION ASSEMBLY PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (ASTM D 3574)

Item Seat Cushion Seat Stiffeners
Density,lbs/cubic foot, Min. 1.8 2.4
Load Deflection,4" thick @ 25% Indentation, Min. 52 ± 5 80
IndentionLoad, ratio, 65%/25%, Min. 2 3
CompressionSet, 50% Deflection (22 hrs @ 158° F), Max. 10 20
TensileStrength, lbs/square inch, Min. 10 12
TensileElongation, %, Min. 150 75
Tear Resistance,labs/inch, Min. 2 2
2.13.4. Seat Frames:
2.13.4.1. Design and Material: The seat frames shall be constructedof steel of the type, size, and gauge necessary to meet the seat load deflectionrequirements of FMVSS No. 222. Flip seats meeting the requirements of FMVSSNo. 217 may be utilized at a location to accommodate side emergency exitsas required by FMVSS No. 217. Seat frames legs shall be two, four, or six(2, 4, or 6) pedestal type. The seat backs shall slope backward to providea comfortable seating angle. Seat backs that are set in a vertical planeor tilt forward are not acceptable.

2.13.4.2. Painting Requirements: The entire seat frame, except thatsection of the back frame which is padded and upholstered, shall be thoroughlycleaned, primed, and painted. The paint shall have adhesive qualities whichwill not permit the removal of the paint by means of the thumbnail-scratchmethod without first chipping a starting place [See also Paragraph E.1.10.]
2.13.5. Seat Installation:
2.13.5.1. Aisle Width: The minimum aisle width between rowsof seats shall be twelve inches (12") except a thirty inch (30") aisleis required if regular seating is provided between the rear emergency doorand any wheelchair positions on wheelchair-equipped buses [See ParagraphG.1.7.3.].

2.13.5.2. Attachment: Each leg shall be attached to the floor with atleast two (2) bolts, flat washers, lock washers, and nuts, or approvedequal. Where it is impossible to use bolts and nuts at certain floor pointsdue to main cross members or floor sill interference, thread-forming orcutting bolts and lock washers may be used.

2.13.5.3. Knee Spacing: Allowing for manufacturing tolerances, Texasrequires the maximum allowable knee space on buses consistent with theoverall standard body lengths [See Paragraph A.2.13. and Option No. 15].These minimums are generally not less than the following [See Table No.Eight (8)]

(i) Twenty-four inches (24") for the 24-passenger bus

(ii) Twenty-four-and-three-fourths inches (24 3/4") for the shortwheelbase 71- and the 83-passenger buses.

(iii) Twenty-five inches (25") for all other 35- through 77-passengerbuses.

2.13.5.4. Track Seating: Seats may be track mounted in conformance withFMVSS No. 222. if track seating is installed, the manufacturer shall supplyminimum and maximum seating spacing dimensions applicable to the bus, whichcomply with FMVSS No. 222. This information shall be on a label permanentlyaffixed to the bus.

2.13.6. Upholstery:
The seat cushion and back units shall be covered on top andfour (4) sides with a vinyl resin-coated upholstering material as follows:
2.13.6.1. Material: These materials shall be industry standardfire-resistant and shall meet or exceed the Boston Fire Block Test in theNational School Bus Standards.

2.13.6.2. Thread: The upholstery material shall be securely sewn witha thread meeting the requirements of Federal Specification V-T-295d. Thethread in the needle and the thread in the looper (bobbin) of double threadmachines shall be size F, Type II (Twisted Bonded Multiple Cord), and sizeE, Type I (Twisted Soft Multiple Cord), respectively. The thread used inthe needle and through the looper shall be Size F (Monofilament), TypeIII, for single thread machines.

2.13.6.3. Welting: There shall be welting on exposed seams of the seatback and cushion.

2.14. SERVICE ENTRYWAY:

2.14.1. Design of Steps:
The entrance door steps shall be designed so that the firststep shall be not less than ten inches (10") and not more than fourteeninches (14") for "Type A", "Type B", and "Type C" buses and a range betweeneleven inches (11") and not more than sixteen inches (16") for "TypeD" buses, from the ground when the bus is unloaded. Service door entrancemay be equipped with two- or three-step (2- or 3-step) entrance. Risersin each case shall not exceed a height of ten inches (10"). When plywoodis used on a steel floor or step, the riser height may be increased bythe thickness of the plywood. [See Paragraph E.2.6.3.]. The stepwell shallnot protrude beyond the side body line and shall be fully enclosed to preventaccumulation of ice, snow, and dust. A suitable device (or devices) shallbe designed and installed to prevent injury or fatality of passengers frombeing dragged. At least one (1) such device shall assist passengers duringentry or egress, and be designed to eliminate entanglement.
2.14.2. Entryway Access:
There shall be a minimum of twelve inches (12") of unrestrictedaccess from the service door to the center aisle.
2.14.3. Floor Material:
All steps and the floor line platform area shall be coveredwith three-sixteenths inches (3/16") rubber metal-backed treads with atleast one-and-one-half inch (1-1/2") white nosing as an integral piecewithout any joint. A three inch (3") white rubber step edge with metalback may be substituted in the floor line platform area. Step tread minimumoverall thickness shall be three-sixteenths inch (3/16") ribbed designsimilar to the ribbed design of the aisle rubber. Metal back of tread,minimum twenty-four (24) gauge cold rolled steel, shall be permanentlybonded to ribbed rubber. Grooved design shall be such that said groovesrun at ninety degree (90°) angle to long dimension of step tread. Therubber portion of the step trends shall have the following characteristics:
2.14.3.1. Show a Durometer or equivalent hardness of eighty-fiveto ninety-five (85 to 95).

2.14.3.2. Special compounding for good abrasion resistance and highcoefficient of friction.

2.14.3.3. Sufficient flexibility so that it can be bent around a one-halfinch (1/2") mandrel both at one-hundred-thirty degrees (130°F) andtwenty degrees (20°F) without breaking, cracking, or crazing.
2.14.4. Handrails:
A grab handle not less than twenty inches (20") in length shallbe provided and placed in an unobstructed location inside the doorway.The outside surface of this handle shall be stainless steel, polished aluminum,or chrome-plated steel [See Paragraph C.2.11.1.]. The design shall providea smooth installation which would eliminate the possibility of clothingor other articles becoming caught upon ingress or egress from the vehicle.

2.15. SERVICE or ENTRANCE DOORS:

The service door shall be of the type, grade, and thicknessof steel specified in Table No. Nine (9) or approved equal:
2.15.1. Attachment:
The hinges for the service or entrance doors shall be attachedwith rivets or bolts, nuts, and lock washers. Metal screws or self-tappingbolts are not acceptable. Metal screws may be used for alignment of doorswhile installing rivets. Self-tapping bolts may be used for alignment ifthe bolts heads are tack-welded to the hinges [See Paragraph E.2.1.9.1.].
2.15.2. Design:
The service doors may be the two-piece (2-piece) type (i.e.,open in the middle) or the folding (or jackknife) type. These doors shallhave a minimum horizontal opening of approximately twenty-four inches (24")and a minimum vertical opening of about sixty-eight inches (68"). The servicedoor shall have upper and lower glass panels [See Paragraph E.2.15.3.]to permit the driver to see entering passengers as well as the passengerlanding area. These glass panels shall be set in rubber. Vertical closingedge or edges of these doors shall be equipped with rubber or rubberizedmaterial to protect passengers' fingers. There shall be no door on theleft of the driver. This door shall have a positive latching mechanismto eliminate the possibility of an inadvertent door opening during a frontalcollision or roll-over.
2.15.3. Glass Panels
Service or entrance doors shall have glass panels of approvedsafety glass [See Paragraph E.2.19.2.]. Bottom of each lower glass panelshall be not more than ten inches (10") from the top surface of the bottomstep. The top of each upper glass panel shall be not more than six inches(6") from the top of the door.
2.15.4. Header Board:
The head impact area on the inside top of the service or entrancedoor shall be protected by an energy-absorbing, padded header board, threeinches (3") high and one inch (1") thick, extending the full width of theopening, to prevent injury when accidentally impacted.
2.15.5. Location and Operation:
2.15.5.1. Conventional Bus Doors: The entrance doors for conventionalbuses shall be operated manually, or when so specified in the Invitationfor Bid [See Option No. 10], actuated electrically, or by air pressureor vacuum and shall allow manual opening in case of an emergency. The doorcontrol shall be the hand lever type, driver-operated, and shall be designedto afford easy release and to prevent accidental opening. The two-piece(2-piece) or folding type service door shall be located on the right sidenear the front of the bus in direct view of the driver.

2.15.5.2. Forward Control Bus Doors: The doors on forward control busesshall be operated either manually or actuated electrically or by air pressureor vacuum, and shall allow manual opening in case of an emergency. If manuallyoperated, the door control shall be the hand lever type, driver-operated,and shall be designed to afford easy release and to prevent accidentalopening. The service door shall be located on the right side near the frontof the bus. At least two-thirds (2/3) of its opening width shall be aheadof the point opposite the back of the driver's seat. When so specifiedin the Invitation for Bid [See Option 10], doors shall be operated by meansof electric, air pressure or vacuum, at the manufacturer's option.

2.15.5.3. Semi-forward Control Bus Doors:23 On semi-forwardcontrol buses, the entrance doors shall be operated from controls at ornear the bus driver's seated position. The doors shall be operated manually,or actuated electrically or by air pressure or vacuum and shall allow manualopening in case of an emergency. To prevent accidental opening while thebus is in motion, the system shall require at least a one-hundred-twenty-fivepound (125 lb.) force applied to its center in order to manually open thedoor. When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No. 10],doors shall be operated by means of electric, air pressure or vacuum, atthe manufacturer's option.
23Powered ServiceDoors shall be clearly and concisely marked with operating instructionsin case of a power failure.
2.16. SKIRT REINFORCEMENTS:
Side skirts shall be gusseted or braced on not more than thirtyinch (30") centers and wherever required for rigidity and to prevent vibration.If the body sections are authorized to be longer than thirty inches (30"),no more than three sections of skirt reinforcement shall be on centersup to a maximum of thirty-six inches (36"), or no more than one (1) sectionshall be on centers up to a maximum of thrity-eight-and-three-fourth inches(38-3/4").
2.17. VENTILATION:
The bus body shall be equipped with a suitable, controlledventilation system of sufficient capacity to maintain a satisfactory ratioof outside to inside air under normal operating conditions without openingwindows except in warm weather. A static-type, non-closeable exhaust ventilatorshall be installed in the low-pressure area of roof.
2.18. WHEELHOUSING:
The wheelhousing shall be of the type, grade, and thicknessof steel specified in Table No. Nine (9) or approved equal. The wheelhousingshall be constructed of a maximum of three pieces and of arched designand shall be attached in such a manner so as to form a waterproof and dustproofseam. The size of the wheelhousing shall be such that tire chains willhave proper clearance. The edges inside the bus shall be rounded to preventinjury to the passengers. The wheelhousing shall be such that when attachedto the body, the strength of the resulting structure shall be equivalentto or greater than that section of body that has been removed to receivethe wheelhousing. [See Paragraph E.1.11.].

2.19. WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS:

2.19.1. General Design:
2.19.1.1. Emergency Door Windows: The emergency door shallbe furnished with an upper and lower glass panels [See Paragraph E.2.5.1.4.]permanently closed, and set in rubber or sealed against rubber.

2.19.1.2. Rear Window: Rear windows (not emergency door windows)24shall be installed on each side of the rear emergency door. Each rear windowglass shall have a minimum area of one-hundred-forty square inches (140"sq.) and shall be set solid in a waterproof manner. These windows shallbe installed securely to prevent removal by hand.

24 A rear "push-out" window, meeting the requirementsof FMVSS No. 217, shall be provided on the rearward window on rear enginebuses.

2.19.1.3. Side Window, Driver's: The driver's window shall be a two-piece(2-piece) window of either of the following types:

(i) Two-piece (2-piece) sliding-sash type: This type will be acceptableonly when the bus is equipped with an adequate air scoop to draw outsideair into the driver's compartment. When the driver's ventilation is drawnthrough the heater system, this air shall be shielded from the heat sourcesand a hot water cut-off valve shall be provided in the driver's compartment.

(ii) Other Type: This type of window shall have the front part openingeither in or out and rear part lowering and raising by use of a regulatinghandle.

2.19.1.4. Side Windows, Passenger, Standard:25 There shallbe either a standard or a push-out type window for each passenger seatexcept where it is not possible because of the installation of side emergencyexits [See Paragraphs E.2.5.2. and E.2.19.1.5.]. Standard side windowsshall open from the top only and shall operate freely. All side windowsexcept the driver's and the service door window, shall be the split sashtype with positive latch. Side windows that can be latched in an unevenposition are not acceptable. They shall be furnished with a latching mechanismwhich will allow each window to be latched in a position not more thansix inches (6") from the top. The passenger side windows shall providean unobstructed opening twenty-two inches (22") wide and between nine andten inches (9" and 10") high. These windows shall include a metal stoppin, bar, or similar device to ensure that the windows can be lowered onlywithin the mandatory limit. These latches and related mechanism (excludingthe thumb regulator) shall be manufactured of metal. When in a closed position,all windows shall be weather-tight.

25 Seventy-seven-passenger(77-) and 83-passenger rear-engine buses may have one less set of passengerwindows than rows of seats.

2.19.1.5. Side Windows, Passenger, Push-out Type:26At the manufacturer's option, 24-passenger buses may be provided with onepush-out side window in lieu of an emergency exit on each side and 35-through 83-passenger buses may be provided with two push-out side windowsin lieu of two (2) emergency exits on each side [See Paragraphs E.2.5.1.and E.2.5.2. and Option No. 39]. These windows shall be hinged at the topand shall be positioned for ease of egress. These push-out windows shallbe the body manufacturer's standard push-out passenger windows meetingor exceeding Federal Standards.

26Push-out windows shallbe equipped with an electrical switch connected to an audible signal automaticallyoperated and located in the driver's compartment which shall indicate whenthe window is pushed out in excess of one-half inch (1/2"). The switchshall be enclosed to prevent tampering. Wires leading from the switch shallbe concealed in the walls. No cut-off switch shall be installed in thecircuit.

2.19.1.6. Windshield: The maximum width of thewindshield center post shall not exceed two-and-one-half inches (2-1/2").There shall be at least two inches (2") of clearance between the steeringwheel and the windshield, cowl, instrument panel, or any other surface.

2.19.2. Glazing:
Glass shall be installed in rubber channel gasket materialor approved equivalent material. The glass shall be mounted so that thepermanent identification mark is visible from either inside or outsideof the bus. All safety glazing materials shall be approved by the Departmentof Public Safety. All exposed edges of glass shall be banded. The glassshall be as follows:

2.19.2.1. Rear and Other Windows: The glass in all other windowincluding the driver's side windows, emergency door windows, and rear (side)windows shall be a minimum of one-eighth inch (1/8") safety plate glassand shall be AS-2 grade or better as specified in ANSI Safety Code Z26.1.

2.19.2.2. Safety Plate Glass: When so specified in the Invitation forBid [See Option No. 16], all windows shall have AS-2 grade or better gradelaminated safety plate glass.

2.19.2.3. Side Windows, Passenger: The glass in all passenger side windows,including push-out type emergency exit windows, shall be a minimum of one-eighthinch (1/8") safety plate glass and shall be AS-2 grade or better, as specifiedin ANSI Safety Code Z26.1.

2.19.2.4. Windshield: The windshield shall be minimum seven-thirty-secondsinch (7/32") thick safety plate glass and shall be heat-absorbent, laminatedAS-1 safety glass meeting ANSI Standard Z26.1, as amended.

2.19.3. Tinting:27
27 All safetyglazing materials shall be approved by the Department of Public Safety.
2.19.3.1. Side Windows, Passenger: Whenso specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No. 13], passenger sidewindows and push-out type emergency windows only shall be tintedto minimum light transmittance of twenty-eight percent (28%), and a maximumlight transmittance of forty percent (40%) using AS-3 grade glass. Thisis defined as "dark tinting" and is not permitted on the windshield orany window used for driving purposes.
2.19.3.2. Windshield: The windshield shall have a horizontalgradient band (tinted) starting slightly above the driver's line of visionwith approximately ninety percent (90%) light transmittance and graduallydecreasing to a minimum of seventy percent (70%) light transmittance atthe top of the windshield, or the entire windshield shall be tinted tomeet the requirements of FMVSS No. 205.

E.3. ACCESSORIES, REQUIRED AND OPTIONAL:

3.1. ACCESS PORT:

An access port with cover plate shall be installed above thefuel sending unit. It shall be of sufficient size to service fuel sendingunits and fuel pumps installed in the fuel tank. An access port is notrequired on the 24-passenger bus or on buses with front-mounted wheelchairlifts [See Paragraph G.1.7.3.].

3.2. BACKUP ALARM:

An automatic, audible backup warning alarm meeting the requirementsof Type C, 97 decibels, SAE J994b (except for 12-volt system) shall beinstalled behind the rear axle.

3.3. DEFROSTERS:

Defrosting equipment shall keep the windshield, the windowto the left of the driver, and the glass in the service door clear of fog,frost, and snow, using heat from the heater and circulation from fans.All defrosting equipment shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 103.Any circulating fan used in defogging and installed on the curb side ofthe bus front shall be mounted on the windshield header so as to protectthe fingers, hair, and clothing of entering and departing passengers.

3.4. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT:

Twenty-four-passenger (24-) through 83-passenger school busesshall be equipped with the following emergency equipment:
3.4.1. Body Fluid Cleanup Kit:
Each bus shall be provided with a removable and moisture-proofbody fluid cleanup kit. It shall be properly mounted and identified asa Body Fluid Cleanup Kit. This kit shall contain as a minimum, the followingitems mounted in a removable metal or hard plastic kit:
1 -- 15 oz. chlorine-type absorbent deodorant material (orequal)
1 -- 12 oz. germicidal spray disinfectant
2 -- pair disposable latex gloves
4 -- 18" x 18" absorbent towels
1 -- plastic pick-up spatula
1 -- plastic hand broom
1 -- plastic dust pan
2 -- 14" x 19" disposal bags and ties (waterproof)
2 -- adhesive "BIO-HAZARD" labels
1 -- 12 oz. deodorant spray
4 -- individually wrapped, cold sterilization wipes in foil-lined pouches
2 -- paper respiratory masks
1 -- metal or hard plastic container identified as "BIO-HAZARD" withblack symbol and lettering on orange mountable case
3.4.2. Fire Extinguishers:
School buses shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher, aslisted below:
3.4.2.1. Standard Fire Extinguishers: Each bus shall be equippedwith at least one refillable stored pressure Multipurpose Dry Chemicaltype (or approved equal) fire extinguisher of minimum five pound (5 lb.)capacity, mounted in an extinguisher manufacturer's automotive type bracket,and located in the driver's compartment in full view of and readily accessibleto the driver. The fire extinguisher shall bear the Underwriters LaboratoryListing Mark of not less than 1A 10-B:C rating. Extinguishers shall befurnished with a hose, pressure gauge, and metal head.
3.4.3 First Aid Kit:
Buses shall have a removable metal first aid kit containermounted in an accessible place within the driver's compartment. The compartmentshall be marked to indicate the location of the kit. Number of units andcontents for each kit shall be as follows:
2 -- 1 in x 2 1/2 yds. adhesive tape rolls
24 -- sterile gauze pads 3 in x 3 in
100 -- 3/4 in x 3 in adhesive bandages
8 -- 2 in bandage compress
10 -- 3 in bandage compress
2 -- 2 in x 6 yds. sterile gauze roller bandages
2 -- nonsterile triangular bandage approx. 40 in x 54 in, 2 safetypins
3 -- sterile gauze pads 36 in x 36 in
3 -- sterile eye pads
1 -- rounded end scissors
1 -- pair latex gloves
1 -- mouth-to-mouth airway

3.5. HEATERS AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

3.5.1. Bleeder Valves:
Any heater (s) installed by the body manufacturer shall haveaccessible air bleeder valves installed in the return lines.
3.5.2. Heater, Standard:
Each bus shall be equipped with a heavy-duty combination freshair and recirculating air heater (s). The heater (s) shall be a hot watertype. The Btu/hr. rating shall be in accordance with Standard SBMI No.001. These standard heaters shall have minimum free flow output ratingsas follows:
3.5.2.1. Twenty-four-passenger (24-) and 35-passenger Buses:45,000 Btu/hr.

3.5.2.2. Forty-seven-passenger (47-) and Larger Buses: 80,000 Btu/hr.
3.5.3. Heater, Auxiliary:28
28Auxiliaryheaters on diesel-powered buses shall be furnished with a water circulatingpump.
When so specified in the Invitation forBid [See Option No. 14], a second recirculating heater shall be furnished.It shall be mounted near the rear of the bus and in such a manner so asnot to interfere with the securing of seats to the floor, as specifiedin Paragraph E.2.13.5.2. The Btu/hr. rating shall be in accordance withSBMI Standard No. 001. Heated conduits inside the buses shall be insulatedor shielded to prevent injury to the driver or passengers. The heater shallhave a minimum output rating (recirculating air rating - not freshair intake rating) as follows:
3.5.3.1. Twenty-four-passenger (24-) and 35-passenger Buses:40,000 Btu/hr.

3.5.3.2. Forty-seven-passenger (47-) and Larger Buses: 60,000 Btu/hr.
3.5.4. Installation:
The standard heater shall be installed near the front of thebus body with the controls readily accessible to the driver; the auxiliaryheater shall be installed near the rear of the bus. Heater hose connectionsshall be installed above the floor of the bus body and through the firewallto the engine compartment. Heated conduits inside the bus shall be insulatedor shielded to prevent injury to the driver or passengers. The length ofthe hot water hoses shall be as short as possible consistent with goodinstallation practices; however, the hoses shall not be installed in sucha manner so as to interfere with normal engine maintenance operations,such as the removal of the engine air cleaner. The hoses shall not dangleor rub against the chassis or sharp edges and shall not interfere withor restrict the operation of any motor function, such as the spark advanceof an automatic distributor. Heater hose shall conform to SAE 20R3, ClassC, as defined in SAE Standard J20e. Each heater installation shall includetwo (2) all brass shutoff valves or cocks. Installation of the shutoffvalves or cocks shall be as close as possible to the water pump and motorblock outlets. The hoses shall be adequately supported to guard againstexcessive wear due to vibration. These cutoff valves or cocks shall beinstalled as follows:

3.5.4.1. One (1) between the heater hose connection and thewater pump outlet, and,

3.5.4.2. One (1) between the heater hose connection and the engine block.

3.5.5. Service Accessibility:
Heater motors, cores, and fans shall be readily accessiblefor service. Access panels (removable without removing driver's seat) shallbe provided as required for maintenance.

3.6. MUD FLAPS:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.18], mud flaps of durable, heavy-duty rubberized construction, completewith brackets, shall be installed behind each set of rear wheels. The mudflaps shall be comparable in size to the width of rear wheelhousing andshall reach within approximately eight inches (8") of the ground when thebus is empty. They shall be mounted at a distance from the wheels thatwill permit free access to spring hangers for lubrication, and to preventtheir being pulled off when the bus is moving in reverse. There shall beno advertisement on the mud flaps.

3.7. MIRRORS, EXTERIOR:

Exterior mirrors shall conform to the requirements of FMVSSNo. 111. Each school bus shall be provided with exterior mirrors and bracketsas described below:
3.7.1. Mirror System, Crossover:
The crossview mirror system shall provide the driver with indirectvision of an area at ground level from the front bumper forward and theentire width of the bus to a point where the driver can see by direct vision.The crossview system shall also provide the driver with indirect visionof the area at ground level around the left and right front corners ofthe bus to include the tires and service entrance on all types of busesto a point where it overlaps with the rear vision mirror system.
3.7.2. Mounting and Mounting Brackets, Standard:
Mirror mounting and backing shall be of steel or a high-impactplastic such as a polycarbonate/polyethylene terephthalate blend, or approvedequal. Mounting of all exterior mirrors to the bus body shall be by meansof bolts, nuts, and lock washers, where possible; otherwise No. 10 hexagonhead sheet metal bolts with star lock washers or No. 10 hexagon head sheetmetal screws with serrated surface shall be used. This system of mirrorsshall be easily adjustable but be rigidly braced so as to reduce vibration.
3.7.3. Mirror Backing and Mounting, Stainless Steel, Optional:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid, exterior rearviewmirror backs and mounting brackets shall meet or exceed all of the applicablerequirements of Paragraph E.3.8.2 above except the mirror backing and mountingshall be made of stainless steel.
3.7.4. Painting:
Brackets and assemblies of all exterior rearview and crossovermirrors shall be cleaned and prepared for painting in accordance with FederalSpecification TT-C-490B, Type I or Type II. The metal backs of stainlesssteel, aluminum, and chrome-plated exterior and crossover mirrors, if painted,and the backs of all other metal-backed exterior and crossover mirrorsshall be finished in black (Color No. 37038 of Federal Standard No. 595a).
3.7.5. Rearview Mirror System:
The rearview mirror system shall be capable of providing aview along the left and right sides of the bus which will provide the driverwith a view of the rear tires at ground level, a minimum of two-hundredfeet (200') to the rear of the bus and at least twelve feet (12') perpendicularto the side of the bus at a distance of thirty-two feet (32') back fromthe front bumper.

3.8. MIRRORS, INTERIOR:

A clear-vision, interior rearview mirror conforming to FMVSSNo. 111, with at least six inches by thirty inches (6" x 30") size visionarea, affording a good view of the road to the rear as well as of the passengers,shall be furnished and installed. The mirror shall be made of safety glassand have rounded corners and protected edges.

3.9. REFLECTIVE MATERIAL:29

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.19], buses shall be equipped with reflective material meeting the followingrequirements. The material shall be automotive engineering grade or better,shall meet the initial reflectance values in DOT FHWA FP-85 and shall retainat least fifty percent (50%) of those values for a minimum of six (6) years.Reflective materials and markings shall be installed in the following locations:
29 Reflectivity of the stop signalarm is addressed under the Stop Signal Arm Section. If used, signs placedon the rear of the bus relating to school bus flashing signal lamps orrailroad stop procedure may be reflective material as specified.
3.9.1. Front and/or rear bumper may be marked diagonallyforty-five degrees (45°) down to centerline of pavement with two inch(2") plus or minus one-fourth inch (±1/4") wide strips of non-contrastingreflective material.
3.9.2. Rear of bus body shall be marked with stripsof reflective National School Bus Yellow (NSBY) material to outline theperimeter of the back of the bus using material which conforms with therequirements of FMVSS 571.131 Table One (1). The perimeter marking of rearemergency exits per FMVSS No. 217 and/or the use of reflective "schoolbus" signs per Paragraph 3.9.3 below partially accomplish the objectiveof this requirement. To complete the perimeter marking of the back of thebus, strips of at least one-and-three-fourths inch (1-3/4") reflectiveNSBY material shall be applied horizontally above the rear windows andabove the rear bumper extending from the rear emergency exit perimetermarking outward to the left and right rear corners of the bus; and verticalstrips shall be applied at the corners connecting these horizontal strips.
3.9.3. Side of bus body shall be marked with reflectiveNational School Bus Yellow Material at least one-and-three-fourths inches(1-3/4") in width, extending the length of the bus body and located (vertically)between the floor line and the beltline.

3.10. STROBE LIGHT, Flashing:

When so specified on Invitation for Bid [See Option No. 26],an optional white flashing strobe light meeting the following requirementsshall be provided:
3.10.1. Design:
The lamp shall have a single clear lens emitting light revolvingthree-hundred-sixty degrees (360°) around a vertical axis. The lightsource shall be minimum of fifty (50) candlepower and flash eighty to one-hundred-and-twenty(80-120) times per minute. The base of the lamp shall be metal or approvedequal and installed by a method which seals out dust and moisture. A manualswitch is required for operation and a pilot light to indicate when thelight is in operation shall be included. Wiring shall be installed insidethe bus walls.
3.10.2. Mounting:
The strobe light shall be permanently installed near the centerlineon the school bus roof not more than one-third (1/3) of the body lengthforward from the rear edge of the bus roof. It shall not extend above theroof more than approximately six-and-one-half inches (6-1/2").

3.11. SEAT BELTS, PASSENGER:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.22], seat belts conforming to FMVSS No.'s 209 and 210 shall be providedfor each passenger position. The seat belts shall meet the following requirements:
3.11.1. Colors:
The belt assemblies shall be alternately color coded with contrastingcolors. All aisle seats on the same side of the bus shall have belts withthe same color. Two (2) position seats shall use two (2) colors; three(3) position seats may use two or three (2 or 3) colors.
3.11.2. Design
Seat belts shall have a buckle end and an attaching end whichare adjustable to fit passenger sizes as required by FMVSS No.s' 208 and209 (except lights and buzzers are not required). Buckles shall be of theplastic-covered push button design. Long and short ends shall be mountedalternately with the short end on the aisle. If possible, the design shallprevent fastening the belts across the aisle.

3.12. STIRRUP STEPS:

There shall be one stirrup step and a suitably located handleon each side of the bus body front for easy accessibility in cleaning thewindshield and lamps. The stirrup step on forward-control buses shall beon or in the bumper. Stirrup steps are not required on the 24-passengerbus unless necessary to clean windshield and windows.

3.13. STOP ARM:

A school bus stop arm meeting SAE J1133 and the following requirementsshall be provided:
3.13.1. Design:
The sign shall be octagon-shaped, constructed of zinc-coatedsteel or aluminum. It shall have a minimum one-half inch (1/2") wide whiteborder and the word "STOP" in white letters at least six inches (6") highagainst a red background on both sides. The letters, border and backgroundshall be of reflective materials meeting DOT FHWA FP-85. Double-faced red,alternately flashing lamps, or LED Stop Sign, flashing both sides, one(1) each at the top and bottom (visible from each side of the structure)shall be connected to, and flash with the required school bus red flashingsignal lamp circuit when the arm is extended. The arm mechanism may beactivated by air pressure, electricity, or by vacuum.
3.13.2. Mounting:
The stop arm shall be installed on the left side of the schoolbus near the front cowl section.

3.14. STUDENT SAFETY CROSSING ARM:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid (See Option No.25), each bus shall be equipped with a student safety crossing arm whichshall meet or exceed SAE Standard J 1133. It shall be extended and retractedsimultaneously with stop arm by means of the stop arm control. It shallbe mounted to the right side of the front bumper by means of a four-point(4-point) mounting assembly. All components and connections shall be weatherproofed.The unit shall be easily removable for the purpose of towing of the bus.The unit shall be constructed of nonferrous material or treated as perthe body sheet metal standard and shall contain no sharp edges or projectionsthat could cause hazard or injury to students. The crossing arm shall extendseventy-two inches (72") from the front bumper and shall not open morethan ninety degrees (90°) when in the "extended" position. The mechanismmay be activated by air pressure, electricity, or be vacuum.

3.15. SUN VISOR:

A two-post (2-post), adjustable sun visor with a minimum sizeof six inches by thirty inches (6" x 30") and a minimum thickness of one-eighthinch (1/8") and constructed of tinted Plexiglas shall be furnished on eachbus. Means shall be provided for tension adjustment. It shall be installedabove the interior windshield on the driver's side or it may be mountedto the inside rearview mirror at each end using lock type nuts. If thistype of mounting is used, the mirror shall have an adjustable reinforcingbracket at each end to reduce any vibration distortion caused by the weightof the sun visor.

3.16. TOOL COMPARTMENT:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.30], a metal container of adequate strength and capacity shall be providedfor storage of tire chains, tow chains, and such tools as may be necessaryfor minor emergency repairs. This storage container shall be located eitherinside or outside the passenger compartment and shall be capable of beingsecurely latched. However, if it is located inside the passenger compartment,it shall be provided with a separate cover, and shall be fastened to thefloor in the right front or the right rear of the bus. A seat cushion shallnot be used as this cover.

3.17. WINDSHIELD WASHERS AND WIPERS:

3.17.1. Washers:
A vacuum-, electric-, or air-operated windshield washer shallbe furnished and installed. The washer shall have a minimum reservoir capacityof one quart (1 qt.) of liquid and shall direct a stream of water intothe path of travel of each windshield wiper blade each time the actuatingbutton is operated.
3.17.2. Wipers:
A windshield wiping system, two (2) speed or variable speed,with an intermittent feature, shall be provided.
The wipers shall be operated by one (1) or more air or electricmotors of sufficient power to operate wipers. If one (1) motor is used,the wipers shall work in tandem to give full sweep of windshield.

E.4. APPROVAL OF NEW BUS BODIES:

Procedures for approving a new bus body for 24- through 83-passengerschool buses shall be as follows in the order indicated:

4.1. SUBMISSION OF REQUEST:

Submit a written request that the body be approved along withthe following:
4.1.1 Letter:
Letter stating that the body meets or exceeds each and everyapplicable requirement in Texas specification No. 070-SB-98.
4.1.2. Literature and drawings: See Paragraph A.6.5.

4.2. REVIEW OF REQUEST:

The Commission will review the literature and drawings andadvise the vendor or manufacturer by letter of the results of this review.A copy of this letter will be furnished to the School Bus Committee. Ifthis review verifies that the bus body meets or exceeds the requirementsof this specification, the vendor or manufacturer will be notified in writing.The commission reserves the right to require the school bus to be broughtto Austin, Texas for inspection and evaluation by the Commission and theTexas School Bus Committee.

4.3. INSPECTION AND EVALUATION:

4.3.1. The bus body shall be inspected using the currentSchool Bus Inspection Check List.
4.3.2. The bus body will be evaluated and if found suitablefor the intended purpose, the Commission will issue a letter to the manufacturerlisting the model as approved for the capacities requested.30If found not suitable, the Commission will issue a letter to the vendoror manufacturer giving the reason (s) for disapproval.
30 Once a busbody is approved for one passenger capacity, other capacities of the samebody differing only in length and capacity need not be inspected and evaluatedprior to approval. The vendor or manufacturer shall request by letter thatthese other body lengths/models be approved.

F. 24- THROUGH 83-PASSENGER CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS

F.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:

The requirements for gross vehicle weight ratings (gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR), gross axle weight ratings (front and rear) (GAWRs)and tire sizes and load ranges, as specified in Table No.'s Twelve throughTwenty-eight (12 -- 28) for each size chassis are minimum requirements[See Paragraph A.4.5]. The requirements are for school buses with standardequipment. The added weights of optional equipment such as alternativefuel storage tanks, air conditioning, luggage racks, lifts for the physicallyimpaired or other heavy accessories were not considered in establishingthe capacity ratings to be certified for the chassis. If additional optionalequipment is ordered which necessitates increased capacity ratings of eitheraxles, springs or tires, it is the responsibility of the vendor to furnishthem so that proper certification can be made on the vehicle.

1.2. COLOR:

The chassis, including bumpers and wheels shall be enameledor powder coated black (Color 17038); cowl, fenders and hood shall be paintedschool bus yellow (Color 13432).

F.2. AXLES, SUSPENSION, AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

2.1. AXLES:

2.1.1. Axle Capacities:
Axle capacities and gross axle weight ratings (GAWRs) shallbe as specified in Table No.s' Twelve through Twenty-eight (12 --28) foreach make of vehicle. Increased axle capacities shall be furnished to accommodateoptional equipment such as diesel engines or other heavy accessories asrequired [See Paragraphs A.4.5, F.1.1, and G.1.7.2.].
2.1.2. Rear Axle Ratios:
Rear axle ratios shall be compatible with the required enginesand gradeability requirements for school buses driven at governed top ratedroad speeds of fifty-five miles per hour (55 mph) minimum [See ParagraphF.5.3.4.].

2.2. BRAKES AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

2.2.1. Air Brakes and Associated Equipment:
Each 59-, 65-, 71-, 77- and 83-passenger chassis shall be equippedwith full anti-lock air brakes and parking brake systems as standard equipment.Full air brake systems shall meet the requirements of FMVSS No. 121 asapplicable to school buses. The following equipment shall be furnishedas follows:
2.2.1.1. Air Compressor: Buses equipped with air brakes shallhave an air compressor of sufficient capacity to provide adequate air pressurefor the air brake system. The air compressor on 83-passenger buses shallhave a minimum twelve cubic feet (12 cu. ft.) capacity.

2.2.1.2. Air Tanks: The air tank (s) shall be equipped with automaticvalves to drain condensation from the tanks.

2.2.1.3. Automatic Moisture Ejectors: Automatic moisture ejectors shallbe furnished and installed.

2.2.1.4. Automatic Slack Adjusters: Four (4) automatic slack adjustersshall be furnished and installed, two (2) at the front and two (2) at therear.

2.2.1.5. Visual Brake Stroke Adjustment Indicators: Visual Brake StrokeAdjustment Indicators shall be furnished at each brake location.
2.2.2. Hydraulic Brakes:
The 24-, 35-, 47- and 53- passenger school bus chassis shallhave as standard, hydraulic service brakes, emergency stopping system,and parking brakes meeting the requirements of FMVSS No. 105-83. If sospecified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No. 6], the 59-, 65-, 71-,and 77-passenger school buses shall be equipped with hydraulic brakes.
2.2.2.1. The hydraulic braking system shall include the servicebrake, an emergency brake that is a part of the service brake system andcontrolled by the service brake control, and a parking brake.

2.3. HUBODOMETER, OPTIONAL:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.15], chassis shall be equipped with one (1) hubodometer with standard mountingbracket which shall be calibrated in miles and installed by the manufacturer.The preferred mounting location is on the right rear axle drive wheel.The hubodometer shall be one of the following:
2.3.1. Accu-Trak, Standard Car Truck, Park Ridge, IL 60068.
2.3.2. STEM Co. Instruments, 250 Culver Ave., Jersey City,NJ 07305.
2.3.3. Veeder-Root, Hartford, CT 06102.

2.4. SHOCK ABSORBERS:

Two (2) front heavy-duty, double-acting shock absorbers shallbe installed.

2.5. SPRINGS:

Springs or suspension assemblies shall be of ample resiliencyunder all load conditions and of adequate strength to sustain the loadedbus without evidence of overload. Springs or suspension assemblies shallbe designed to carry their proportional share of the gross vehicle weightas shown in Tables No.'s Twelve through Twenty-eight (12 -- 28). Rear springsshall be of the progressive type. If leaf type front springs are used,stationary eyes shall be protected by a full wrapper leaf in addition tothe main leaf.

2.6. TIRES AND WHEELS:

2.6.1. Tires:
All standard tires shall be the steel belted radial tubelesstype. All tires shall be new and the tread style furnished shall be thetire manufacturer's standard design and the brand normally furnished onregular production orders. All tires shall be "Original Equipment LineQuality." Schools may order Mud and Snow tread design tires [See OptionNo. 29]. For tire size and load range for each size chassis, see TableNo.'s Twelve through Twenty-eight (12 -- 28).
2.6.2. Wheels:
Each chassis shall be equipped with six (6) standard steeldisc type wheels. When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See OptionNo.'s 31 and 32], the following optional wheels and carrier shall be furnishedon the chassis as indicated:
2.6.2.1. Wheel, Spare, Mounted with Carrier but not tire (ortube); For 35- through 83-passenger only; See Option No. 32.31
31 Carrier notavailable for 24-passenger bus; spare wheel only is available on this option.
2.6.2.2. Wheel, Spare, Unmounted withoutCarrier, Tire, or Tube); For 24- through 77-passenger buses; See OptionNo. 31.

F.3 CHASSIS FRAME AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

3.1. BUMPER, FRONT:

The front bumper shall be furnished by the chassis manufacturerand must extend to the outer edges of the body at the bumper top line (toassure maximum fender protection). The front bumper shall be heavy dutytransit type, not less than three-sixteenth inches by nine-and-one-halfinch (3/16" x 9-1/2") steel (nine-and-three-fourth inches (9-3/4") forthe 83-passenger bus). It must be of sufficient strength to permit pushinga vehicle of equal gross weight without permanent distortion to the bumper,chassis, or body. The bumper shall be painted black (Color No. 17038).

3.2. CHASSIS FRAME SIDE MEMBERS:

Each frame side member shall be of one-piece (1-piece) constructionbetween the rear most spring hanger and the forward most spring hanger.If the frame side members are extended, such extension shall be designed,furnished, and guaranteed by the installing manufacturer. The installationshall be made by either the chassis or body manufacturer. Extensions offrame lengths are permissible only when such alterations are welded onbehind the hanger of the rear spring. This specification does not permitwheelbase extensions. Any welding, heating (for frame straightening orrepairs), or the drilling of holes in chassis frame members shall be inaccordance with chassis manufacturer's recommendations.

3.3. FUEL TANKS, CONVENTIONAL FUEL:

Standard and auxiliary fuel tanks shall meet FMVSS No. 301as applicable to school buses and shall meet the current design objectivesof the SBMTC. Fuel tanks installed on Texas school buses shall have a minimum"draw" of eighty-three percent (83%) of capacity.
3.3.1. Fuel Tank (s), Standard:
The standard fuel tank for 47- through 83-passenger schoolbuses shall have a minimum capacity of sixty (60) gallons, except the 47-and 53-passenger forward control bus may have a minimum capacity of thirty-five(35) gallons. The 24- and the 35-passenger buses shall have fuel tankswith minimum capacities of twenty (20) and thirty (30) gallons, respectively.The tank (s) shall be mounted, filled, and vented entirely outside thebody [See Paragraph F.5.5.3.].
3.3.2. Fuel Tank (s), Optional:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.12], the 24- and the 83-passenger buses shall be furnished with minimumcapacity fuel tank or tanks of thirty (30) and ninety (90) gallons, respectively.The optional fuel tank for the 24-passenger bus shall be furnished andinstalled by the chassis manufacturer. Thirty-five (35-) through 59- passengerbuses do not have optional fuel tanks available. Sixty-five (65-) through77-passenger buses shall have a minimum one-hundred (100) gallon totalcapacity optional fuel tank(s).
3.3.3. Material:
Each tank (including auxiliary fuel tanks) shall be constructedof sixteen (16) gauge terneplate or equivalent and shall be equipped withbaffles. Each tank may be mounted between the frame rails of the chassis.

3.4. FUEL TANKS, ALTERNATIVE FUEL:

Fuel tank (s) for alternative fuels [See Option No. 3] shallmeet or exceed all of the rules and regulations of the Texas Railroad Commission(RRC), the requirements of FMVSS No. 304 and others, as applicable. Capacityshall be that required to meet the range requirements of the Option oras specified in the Invitation for Bids.

3.5. HOOD, TILTING:

A forward-tilting hood, giving access to the engine compartmentshall be furnished on conventional bus chassis (except 24- and 83-passengerbuses).

3.6. STEERING, POWER:

The bus shall be furnished with the chassis manufacturer'sstandard power steering which will provide safe and accurate performanceat maximum load and speed. The mechanism must provide for easy adjustmentfor lost motion unless the unit doesn't require adjustment due to design.No changes shall be made in the power steering apparatus which are notapproved by the chassis manufacturer.

F.4. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

4.1. ALTERNATORS:

The twelve (12) volt alternators with rectifier shall havethe electrical outputs and the minimum charging rates shown below whentested in accordance with SAE rating at the manufacturer's recommendedengine speed. These alternators shall be ventilated and voltage controlledand, if necessary, current controlled. Dual belt drive or a single serpentinebelt shall be used with the alternators provided on the 35- through 83-passengerbuses:
4.1.1. Alternator, Standard:
The 24- through 83-passenger buses shall have a standard alternatorwith a minimum electrical output of one-hundred-thirty amperes (130 amps).
4.1.2. Alternator, Optional:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.Four (4)], the 24- through 83-passenger chassis shall have an alternatorwith a minimum electrical output of one-hundred-sixty amperes (160 amps).
4.1.3. Alternators, Other:
School buses equipped with the following equipment shall havealternators meeting the following requirements
4.1.3.1. Air-Conditioned Buses: Buses equipped with air conditioningshall have alternators with a minimum electrical output of one-hundred-sixtyamperes (160 amps).

4.1.3.2. Wheelchair Lift-Equipped Buses: Buses equipped with wheelchairlifts shall have alternators with a minimum electrical output of one-hundred-sixtyamperes (160 amps).

4.1.3.3. Air-Conditioned and Wheelchair-Equipped Buses: Buses equippedwith both air conditioning and wheelchair lifts shall have alternatorswith a minimum electrical output of one-hundred-sixty amperes (160 amps).

4.2. BATTERY AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

The storage batteries furnished on each chassis shall havesufficient capacity to supply current for adequate operation of the enginestarter, lights, signals, heater, and all other electrical equipment. Thebatteries for 24- through 83-passenger school buses shall have an potentialof six or twelve (6 or 12) volts and meet the following:
4.2.1. Battery, Diesel Engines:
Batteries shall be single or dual twelve (12) volt or dualsix (6) volt as specified by the chassis manufacturer. The minimum performancelevel shall be a BCI cold cranking capacity (CCA) of not less than four-hundred-fiftyamperes (450 amps) at zero degrees (0°F) with a minimum one-hundred-thirty(130) minute reserve capacity except for the 24-passenger bus which shallhave a minimum three-hundred-sixty (360) cold cranking capacity (CCA) andone-hundred (100) minute reserve capacity.
4.2.2. Battery, Gasoline Engines:
Batteries shall be twelve (12) volts with a minimum performancelevel of BCI cold cranking capacity (CCA) of not less than three-hundred-sixtyamperes (360 amps) a zero degrees (0°F) with a minimum one-hundred(100) minute reserve capacity.
4.2.3. Battery (s), Alternative Fueled Vehicles:
Dedicated alternative fueled vehicles shall have batteriesmeeting or exceeding those required for a gasoline engine school bus withcomparable horsepower.
4.2.4. Battery Cables:
The battery cables shall be one piece and of sufficient lengthto allow pull out or lift out of the battery for servicing or removal andarranged so as to prevent damage to the battery posts when removed.
4.2.5. Mounting:
The preferred battery mounting location for gasoline-poweredbuses is outside the body shell under the hood in an adequate carrier andreadily accessible for maintenance and removal from above or outside. [SeeParagraph E.2.3.].

4.3. HORNS:

Each bus shall be equipped with horn or horns of standard make.Each horn shall be capable of producing audible sounds in the frequencyrange from two-hundred-fifty to two-thousand (250 to 2,000) hertz and atan intensity between eighty-two and one-hundred-two (82 and 102) decibels.The sound level measurements shall be made at a distance of fifty feet(50') directly in front of the vehicle in accordance with SAE J377.

4.4. INSTRUMENTS AND INSTRUMENT PANEL:

The bus shall be equipped with the following nonglare illuminatedinstruments (controlled by an independent rheostat32), and gaugesmounted for easy maintenance and repair and clearly visible to the seateddriver. Indicator warning lights in lieu of gauges are not acceptable.
32 If the intensityof the body-installed panel lamps is controlled, then the intensity controlshall not be accomplished by the same rheostat that controls the chassisinstrument lamps, unless the body company designs and installs the rheostatto accomplish both.
4.4.1. Air Pressure Gauge (air brakeequipped).

4.4.2. Ammeter (or Voltmeter) with graduated chargeand discharge indications.

4.4.3. Fuel Gauge.

4.4.4. Glow Plug Indicator Light (for diesel buseswith glow plugs only).

4.4.5. High Beam Headlamp Indicator.

4.4.6. Odometer (Six (6) digits, i.e., registerto 99,999.9 miles).

4.4.7. Oil Pressure Gauge.

4.4.8. Speedometer.

4.4.9. Vehicle manufacturer's standard keyed ignitionswitch.

4.4.10. Water temperature gauge.

4.5. LAMPS:

Each bus shall be equipped with at least two clear headlampsmeeting the requirements of FMVSS No. 108 and a dimmer switch located onor near the steering column. Adequate parking lamps operated by a switchin common with the headlamps shall be provided.
The chassis manufacturer shall provide a readily accessibleterminal strip or plug on the body side of the cowl, or at an accessiblelocation within the engine compartment, with the following minimum terminalsfor the body connections:
4.6.1. Backup Lamps.

4.6.2. Instrument Panel Lights (rheostat controlled by head lamp switch).

4.6.3. Left Turn signals.

4.6.4. Right turn signals.

4.6.5. Stop lamps.

4.6.6. Tail lamps.

F.5. ENGINE AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

5.1. AIR CLEANER:

Each chassis shall be equipped with a factory-installed maximumcapacity, heavy-duty replaceable dry element type air cleaner. The intakeair system for diesel engines shall have an air cleaner restriction indicatorproperly installed by the chassis manufacturer to meet manufacturer's enginespecifications.

5.2. COOLING SYSTEM:

The cooling system radiator shall be heavy-duty with increasedcapacity to cool the engine at all speeds in all gears. The cooling systemfan shall be the heavy-duty reinforced type with a fan clutch. Thin pressedfan blades are not acceptable.

5.3. ENGINES:

Approved engines listed in each table for the various sizebuses are the engines for which the vendor has requested approval and areusually the smallest engine in terms of performance that will meet therequirements listed below. Other approved engines which the vendor mayprovide with a given chassis will be listed also in an Approved ProductsList (APL). The APL will be updated as new engines or additional versionsof current engines are approved. Please note that only those engines approvedas specified below and listed either in the Texas School Bus Specificationor in the Class 070-SB-APL will be acceptable for school buses.
5.3.1. Diesel Engines:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.Eight (8)], a bus chassis having a gasoline engine listed as standard,shall be furnished with a four (4) cycle diesel engine. Diesel enginesare standard for 47- through 77-passenger and the 83-passenger forwardcontrol buses.
5.3.2. Gasoline Engines:
Engines for the 24- through 71-passenger conventional and semi-forwardcontrol, and the 77-passenger school buses shall be of the gasoline typeunless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bids. Approved enginesare listed in Table No.'s Twelve through Twenty-eight (12 -- 28) and inthe Class 070-SB APL.
5.3.3. Alternative Fuel Engines:
When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.Three (3)], the 24- through 83 passenger buses shall be equipped by thechassis manufacturer (or approved designate) with engines capable of operatingon alternative fuels.
5.3.4. Power Requirements:
Each bus shall be furnished with an engine that meets or exceedsthe following minimum criteria See Paragraph F.5.3.5.7. Notes], when testedat or above the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) required for a givenbus capacity and with all accessories except air conditioning compressoron and operating:
5.3.4.1. Acceleration from zero to fifty miles per hour (0--50mph) in sixty (60) seconds or less.

5.3.4.2. Gradeability of one-and-one-half percent (1.5%) minimum atfifty miles per hour (50 mph).

5.3.4.3. Gradeability of five percent (5%) minimum at twenty-five milesper hour (25 mph).

5.3.4.4. Startability of twenty percent (20%) minimum.

5.3.4.5. Top speed of fifty-five miles per hour (55 mph) minimum atthe manufacturer's rated rpm for the governed engine.

5.4. EXHAUST SYSTEM:

5.4.1. Component Placement:
The exhaust pipe, muffler, and tailpipe shall be mounted underthe bus and attached to the chassis frame.
5.4.2. Noise Level:
The noise level shall neither exceed EPA "Noise Emission Standards"nor eighty-five (85) decibels at the ear of the occupant in the bus nearestto the noise source in the bus. When so specified in the Invitation forBid [See Option No. 24], the bus shall be furnished with sufficient soundinsulation to reduce the noise level to less than eight-six (86) decibelsmeasured at the same place.
5.4.3. Tailpipe:
The tailpipe shall be constructed of seamless or electricallywelded tubing of sixteen (16) gauge steel or equivalent, and shall extendat least five inches (5") beyond the chassis frame. The size of the tailpipeshall not be reduced after it leaves the muffler.
5.4.4. Tailpipe Exit:
The tailpipe of a gasoline-powered bus shall not exit the sideof the bus anywhere within twelve inches (12") of a vertical plane throughthe center of the fuel filler opening and perpendicular to the side ofthe bus, unless protected with a metal shield to divert spilled fuel awayfrom tailpipe.

5.5. FUEL FILTER:

Each diesel engine shall be equipped with a fuel filter ofthe full-flow design, installed between the fuel tank and the injectorpumps.

5.6. GOVERNOR:

A governor set to the manufacturer's recommended maximum enginespeed (RPM) shall be installed by the engine manufacturer. When engineis remotely located from driver, the governor shall be set to limit enginespeed to maximum revolutions per minute recommended by engine manufacturer,and a tachometer shall be installed so the engine speed may be known tothe driver.

5.7. OIL FILTER:

Each chassis shall be equipped with a factory-installed, minimumone quart (1 qt.) capacity oil filter with a replaceable element or cartridgetype. It shall be connected by flexible oil lines if it is not of the built-inor engine-mounted design.

5.8. TACHOGRAPH:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.27], a tachograph containing a combination clock/speedometer/recorder shallbe installed on the dashboard. The tachograph shall be Argo Model (s) 1310-6,Veeder-Root Model AB-1407, or approved equal.

5.9. THROTTLE:

The force required to operate the throttle shall not exceedsixteen pounds (16 lbs.) throughout the full range of accelerator pedaltravel.

F.6. APPROVAL OF NEW ENGINES:

Procedures for approving a new bus engine for 15- through 20-passengerschool buses shall be as follows in the order indicated:

6.1. SUBMISSION OF REQUEST:

Submit a written request that the engine be approved alongwith the following:
6.1.1. Letter:
Letter stating that the meets or exceeds each and every applicablerequirement in Texas Specification No. 070-SB-98.
6.1.2. Literature and applicable power curves showing horsepowerand torque:

6.2. REVIEW OF REQUEST:

The Commission will review the literature and performance chartsand advise the vendor or manufacturer by letter of the results of thisreview. A copy of this letter will be furnished to the School Bus Committee.If this review verifies that the bus engine meets or exceeds the requirementsof this specification, the vendor or manufacturer shall arrange for theschool bus to be brought to Austin, Texas for inspection and evaluationby the Commission and the Texas School Bus Committee if requested.

F.7. TRANSMISSION AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

The 24- through 77-passenger school buses shall be equippedwith a manual or an automatic transmission whichever is selected by theschool district on the school bus requisition form. Note: An electroniccontrol or similar device may be installed to ensure that automatic transmissionscannot accidentally be moved out of the neutral or park gear position whilethe driver is not in the driver's seat.

7.1. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION, CHASSIS MANUFACTURER'S:

Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, the 24-passengerbus shall be furnished with a minimum three (3) forward speed automatictransmission which shall be the chassis manufacturer's standard automatictransmission for this type of chassis.

7.2. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (ATD MODEL AT 545):

Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, the 35-through 71-passenger and the 77-passenger conventional buses shall be furnishedwith a minimum four (4) forward speed automatic transmission. The transmissionshall be the ATD Model AT 545, or approved equal [See Paragraph F.6.],unless an ATD Model MT-643 is required to match engine torque. The applicationwill conform to the manufacturer's recommended capacity limits of 30,000gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) and/or four-hundred-forty-five poundsper foot (445 lb.-ft.) maximum torque rating for AT-545 transmissions.

7.3. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (ATD MODEL MT-643):

Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, the 77-and 83-passenger forward control buses (and others, as required by increasedtorque rating of optional or standard engines), shall be furnished witha minimum four (4) forward speed automatic transmission. The transmissionshall be the ATD Model MT-643, or approved equal.

7.4. DRIVE SHAFT GUARD:33

33Drive shaftguard is not required on rear engine, rear-drive bus.
Each drive shaft section shall be equippedwith protective metal guard or guards to prevent the shaft from whippingthrough the floor or dropping to the ground when broken.

7.5. MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS:

Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, the manualtype transmission shall be furnished on all 24- through 77-passenger buses(but not the 83-passenger bus, which require an automatic transmission).The transmission shall be the synchromesh (all gears except first and reverse)type. It shall be of sturdy construction, and the input torque capacityshall be at least ten percent (10%) above the maximum net torque developedby the engine. Its design shall provide for four forward and one reversespeeds for the 24-passenger chassis, and five (5) forward (direct in fifth)and one (1) reverse speed for 35-, 47-, 53-, 59-, 65-, 71-, and 77-passengerchassis.

7.6. MANUAL TRANSMISSION CLUTCH:

The clutch in buses equipped with manual transmissions shallhave a torque capacity not less than ten percent (10%) in excess of themaximum net torque output of engine. The diameter of the clutches for thevarious sizes of buses equipped with manual transmissions shall be as follows:
7.6.1. Twelve inch (12") Clutch:
All chassis for the 24-, 35-, 47-, 53-, and 59-passenger buseswith manual transmissions shall be equipped with a minimum twelve inch(12") diameter clutch.

TABLE NO. TWELVE (12) 24-PASSENGER BUS CHASSIS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

24-Passenger 
ITEM
1999Min. Rqmts. GMC/Chevrolet 
P31042/P31442 
P31062
Navistar3600 
Navistar 3400
GVWR, lbs. 14500 14500 16500/16500
GAWR, lbs.Front 5000 5000 60006000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 11000 11000 1050010500
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 5000 5000 60006000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 11000 11000 1350013500
Wheelbase,in. 133/152 133/157 138/152154
ChassisLength, in. As Shown 238.8/262.8 268.8/274.8259.8
Track, in.Front 65.2  65.2  81.0 81.0 
Track, in.Rear 66.7  66.7  82.082.0
GasolineEngine, L ** 5.7L-V8 **
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 180 **
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft ** 295 **
Transmission:Automatic, Gears 4 spd 4L80E/A4OD AT-542/545AT-542/545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 4 spd NA NANA
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless    
Size &Load Range As Shown 8.00R19.5E 225-70R19.5F225/70R19.5F
Wheels,Rear Dual Dual DualDual
Alternator,Amperes 100 100 100105
*See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
**See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 

Diesel Engines [Option No.8]

24-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Navistar 3600 Navistar 3400
Engine Displacement,L. ** 7.3T-V8T-444E
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 175175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. ** 430430
**See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on this page are approvedto meet or exceed power requirements under normal operating conditions.Other engines must be submitted for approval by the School Bus Committee[See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

24-PASSENGER BUS BODIESThe following bodies are availableon semi-forward control or stripped chassis

24-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird Mini-Bird  MB-20 Carpenter Cadet Thomas Minotour GP/Vista MidBus/ SC 429 SC 529
InteriorHeadroom, in. 73 74/77 77 73 79
InteriorWidth, in. 90 90.5 90 90 90
ServiceDoor As Shown Tall Tall Tall Tall

TABLE NO. THIRTEEN (13) 35-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS34 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N F
35-Passenger Conv. ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3800* 3600* 3400* Freightliner FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 21500 23100 215002150021500 23000
GAWR, lbs.Front 6000 8100 600060006000 8000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 15000 15000 155001550015500 15000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 6000 8100 600060006000 8000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 15000 15000 155001550015000 15000
Wheelbase,in. 151 157/175 152/170152170 150
Cowl-to-Axle,in. 

Back of Cab-to-Axle, in.

127 133/151 127155102 128
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 

Back of Cab-to-Frame End, in.

217 223/244 217245188 205
GasolineEngine CID** *** 6.0L-V8 *** *
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 225 *** *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 340 *** *
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545AT-545AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5M5NA M5
Brakes:Front Disc Rotor, in. As Shown 14.75 x1.34 15 x 1.4415 x 1.4415 x 1.44 15.00 x 1.44
Brakes:Rear Lining/Rotor, in. As Shown 14.75 x1.34 15 x 1.4415 x 1.4415 x 1.44 15.00 x 1.44
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless      
Size &Load Range 9R22.5F 9R22.5F 9R22.5F9R22.5F225/70R19.5F 9R22.5F245/70R 19.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual DualDualDual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 6.75 7.5 6.756.756.75 8
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
34 Buses orderedin this capacity (35-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

35-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3600/3800 3400 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** 6.6T-I6 7.3T-V8T-444E 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 170 175175 175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 420 430430 420
GAWR, Front 6000 8100 60006000 8000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4.]

35-Passenger ConventionalBodiesThe following Body/Chasis combinationare available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas MidBus Freightliner
Models CS-18 1808 SB1808 0510/0511/0600 SC-629 FS-65
ChassisAvailable N B, N N N-S, N N B, S, T

TABLE NO. FOURTEEN (14) 47-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS35 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N F
47- Passenger Conv. ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3800* 3600* 3400* Freightliner FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 21500 23100 215002150021500 23000
GAWR, lbs.Front 6000 8100 600060006000 8000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 15000 15000 155001550015500 15000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 6000 8100 600060006000 8000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 15000 15000 155001550015500 15000
Wheelbase,in. 193 193 193193202 191
Cowl-to-Axle, in 

Back of Cab-to-Axle, in.

168 169 168196134 169
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 

Back of Cab-to-Frame End, in.

274 279 274302246 262
GasolineEngine CID** *** 6.0L-V8 *** *
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 225 *** *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 340 *** *
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545AT-545AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5M5NA M5
Brakes:Front Disc Rotor, in. As Shown 14.75 x 1.34 15 x 1.4415 x 1.44 15.00 x 1.44
Brakes:Rear Lining/Rotor, in. As Shown 14.75 x 1.34 15 x 1.4415 x 1.4415 x 1.44 15.00 x 1.44
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless      
Size &Load Range 9R22.5F 9R22.5F 9R22.5F9R22.5F245/70R 19.5G 9R22.5F
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual DualDualDual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 6.75 7.5 6.756.756.75 7.5
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
35 Buses orderedin this capacity (47-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

35-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3600/3800 3400 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** 6.6T-I6 7.3T-V8T-444E 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 170 175175 175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 420 430430 420
GAWR, Front 6000 8100 60006000 8000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4.]

47-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas MidBus Freightliner
Models CS-23 2311 SB2304 0701/0710 SC829 FS-65
ChassisAvailable N B, N N N-S, N N B, S, T

TABLE NO. FIFTEEN (15) 47-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBUS36 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B S N T-A
47- Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird TCFE Carpenter Counselor AmTran FE Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-EF
GVWR, lbs. 26500 26500 30000 29500 30000
GAWR, lbs.Front 11340 11340 12080 12000 11340
GAWR, lbs.Rear 15500 15500 19000 17500 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 12000 12000 12080 12000 13200
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 17000 17000 19000 17500 19000
Wheelbase,in. 132 132 143 144 136
Cowl-to-Axle,in. NA NA NA NA NA
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. NA NA NA NA NA
GasolineEngine CID* **** 7.0L-V8 ** ** **
SAE GrossHorsepower **** 235 ** ** **
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. **** 385 ** ** **
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 NA NA NA
Brakes:Front Disc Rotor, in.*** As Shown 15 x 1.44 15.4 x 2.88 15 x 1.44 16.5 x 5
Brakes:Rear Lining, in. As Shown 15 x 1.44 15.4 x 2.88 15 x 1.44 16.5 x 7
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 10R22.5F 10R22.5G 10R22.5G 10R22.5G 10R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 7.5 7.5 8.25 8.25 7.50
*See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
****See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
***Furnished with air brakes only. 
36 Buses orderedin this capacity (47-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

47-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird TC2000 Carpenter AmTran FE Thomas MVP-EF
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 7.6T-I6 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 190 175 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 475 475 430 475
GAWR, Front 11340 11340 12080 12000 11340
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee, [See Paragraph F.5.3.4.].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES [OptionNo. 3A]

47-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min.  Rqmts. Hercules GM/Stewart-Stevenson (mono/bi-fuel  versions)
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L 7.0L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 195
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440 315
GAWR, Front As Shown 13200 11340
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 

47-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBODIESThe following Body/Chasis combinationsare available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas
Models IS2700 TCFE2504 027-2609 O9O8
ChassisAvailable N, S  B C T-A

TABLE NO. SIXTEEN (16) 53-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS37 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page 7

CHASSIS   B N N-S F
53-PassengerConventional. 
ITEM
1999Min. 
Rqmts.
BlueBird 
CV200
Navistar 
T444E *
Navistar- 
SEMI**** 
3600
Freightliner 
FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 23000 23100 23500 23500 23000
GAWR, lbs.Front 8000 8100 8000 8000 8000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 15000 15000 15500 15500 15000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 6000 8100 6000 6000 8000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 15000 15000 15500 15500 15000
Wheelbase,in. 211 211 218 218 215
Cowl-to-Axle,in. 187 187 193 221 193
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 305 307 305 333 291
GasolineEngine CID** *** 6.0L-V8 * *  
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 225 * *  
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 340 * *  
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5 M5 M5
Brakes:Front Disc Rotor, in. As Shown 14.75 x 1.34 15 x 1.44 15 x 1.44 15 x 1.44
Brakes:Rear Lining/Rotor, in. As Shown 14.75 x 1.34 15 x 1.44 15 x 1.44 15 x 1.44
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 9R22.5F 9R22.5F 9R22.5F 9R22.5F 9R22.5F
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 6.75 7.5 6.75 6.75 8
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
37 Buses orderedin this capacity (53-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

53-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3600/3800 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** 6.6T-I6 5.9T-V8 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 170 175 175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 420 430 420
GAWR Front 6000 8100 6000 8000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4.].

PASSENGER CONVENTIONAL BODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas Freightliner
Models CS-25 2508 SB2508 0801/0810 FS-65
ChassisAvailable N B, N N N-S, N B, S, T

TABLE NO. SEVENTEEN (17) 53-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBUS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY]Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B S N T-A
53-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird TCFE Carpenter Counselor AmTran FE Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-EF
GVWR, lbs. 27800 27800 30000 30000 30000
GAWR, lbs.Front 11340 11340 12080 12000 11340
GAWR, lbs.Rear 17000 17000 19000 17500 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 12000 12000 12080 12000 13200
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 17000 17000 19000 17500 19000
Wheelbase,in. 136 146 143 144 136
Cowl-to-Axle,in. NA NA NA NA NA
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in NA NA NA NA NA
GasolineEngine, L.* ** 7.0L-V8 **** **** ****
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 235 **** **** ****
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. ** 385 **** **** ****
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 NA NA NA
Brakes:Front Disc Rotor, in. As Shown 15 x 1.438 14.75 x 2.5  15 x 1.44 16.5 x 5
Brakes:Rear Lining/Rotor, in. As Shown 15 x 1.438 15.4 x 2.88 15 x 1.44 16.5 x 7
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 10R22.5F 10R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 10R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 7.50 7.50 8.25 8.25 7.50
*See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
**See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
****Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

53-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird TCFC Carpenter AmTran FE Thomas MVP-EF
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 7.6T-I6 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 190 175 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft *** 475 475 430 475
GAWR, Front 11340 11340 12080 12000 11340
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph. F.5.3.4.].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES [OptionNo. 3A]

53-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Hercules GM/Stewart-Stevenson (Mono/Bi-fuel versions)
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L 7.0L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 195
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440 315
GAWR, Front As Shown 13200 11340
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4.].

53-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas
Models IS2806 TCFE2701 027-2711 0908/0910/0918
ChassisAvailable N, S T-A

TABLE NO. EIGHTEEN (18) 59-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS38 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Full Air Brake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N N-S F
59-Passenger Conventional ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3800 Navistar- SEMI**** 3600* Freightliner FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 25500 26180 25500 25500 25500
GAWR, lbs.Front 8000 8100 8000 8000 8000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 17500 18080 17500 17500 17500
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 8000 8100 8000 8000 8000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 17500 19000 17500 17500 17500
Wheelbase,in. 234 241 236 236 234
Cowl-to-Axle,in. 211 217 211 239 212
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 319 342 329 357 319
GasolineEngine, L. ** *** 6.0L-V8 * * *
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 225 * * *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 340 * * *
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5 M5 M5
Brakes:Front Lining, in. As Shown 15.00 x 4.0 0  15.00 x 4.0 0  15.00 x 4.0 0  15.00 x 4.00
Brakes:Rear Lining, in. As Shown 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00  16.5 x 7.00
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 10R22.5F 10R22.5F 10R22.5F 10R22.5F 10R22.5F
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 7.5  7.5  7.5  7.5  8
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
38 Buses orderedin this capacity (59-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

59-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3600/3800 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** 6.6T-I6 T444E 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 175 175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 420 430 420
GAWR, Front 8000 8100 8000 8000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

59-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas Freightliner
Models CS-28 2800 SB2800 0901/0910  FS-65
ChassisAvailable N B, N N N-S, N B, S, T

TABLE NO. NINETEEN (19) 59-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLDIESEL BUS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Full Air Brake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N T S T-A
59- Passenger FC ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird TCFE/TCRE* ** Navistar AmTran RE*** Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-ER*** Carpenter Counselor Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-EF
GVWR, lbs. 27800 27800/30340 29500 28380 30000 30000
GAWR, lbs.Front 11340 11340/11340 12000 13200 12080 13200
GAWR, lbs.Rear 17000 17000/19000 1750019000 19000 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 12000 12000/12000 12000 13200 18080 13200
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 17000 17000/19000 1750019000 19000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 155 160/193 162/168 181 164 155
Engine Displacement,L. * 5.9T-I6 7.6T-I6/7.3-V8 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower * 190 175 190 190 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. * 475 430 475 475 475
Transmission**:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd MT-643 AT-545 MT-643/AT-545 MT643/AT-545 MT-643/AT-545
Transmission**:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 NA M5 NA NA
Brake Lining,in. Front As Shown 15.0 x4 15.0 x4 15.0 x4 16.5 x 5 16.5 x 5
Brake Lining,in. Rear As Shown 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless          
Size &Load Range 10R22.5F 10R22.5G 10R22.5G 10R22.5F 11R22.5G 10R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 7.5 7.5 8.25 7.5 8.25 7.5
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
**Direct in fourth gear (automatic); direct in fifth gear (manual). 
***Rear Engine. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES [OptionNo. 3A]

59-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Hercules GM/Stewart-Stevenson Blue Bird (Mono/Bi-fuel versions)
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L 7.0L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 195
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440 315
GAWR, Front As Shown 13200 10300
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 

59-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas
Models IS3009RE3011 TCFE2905TCFE3204 027-2908 1008/110H1018/1105
ChassisAvailable N B C T, T-A

TABLE NO. TWENTY (20) 65-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS39 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Full Air Brake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N N-S F
65-Passenger Conventional ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3800 Navistar- Semi**** 3600* Freightliner FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 26500 27080 27500 27500 26500
GAWR, lbs.Front 9000 9000 10000 10000 9000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 17500 18080 17500 17500 17500
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 9000 9000 10000 10000 9000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 17500 19000 17500 17500 17500
Wheelbase,in. 252 259 254 254 252
Cowl-to-Axle,in. 229 235 229 257 230
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 348 370 359 387 348
GasolineEngine, L.** *** 6.0L-V8 * * *
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 225 * * *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 340 * * *
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5 M5 M5
Brakes:Front Disc Rotor, in. As Shown 15.00 x 4.00  15.0 x 4.00  15.0 x 4.00  15.0 x 4.00 
Brakes:Rear Lining, in. As Shown 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 10R22.5F 10R22.5F 10R22.5F 10R22.5F 10R22.5F
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
39 Buses orderedin this capacity (65-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

65-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3600/3800 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** 6.6T-I6 7.3T-V8 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 170 175 175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 420 430 420
GAWR, Front 9000 9000 10000 9000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

65-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBODIESThe following Body/Chasis combinationsare available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas Freightliner
Models CS-30 3004 SB3004 1001/1010 FS-65
ChassisAvailable N B, N N N-S, N B, S, T

TABLE NO. TWENTY-ONE (21) 65-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLDIESEL BUS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Full Air Brake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N T S T-A
65-Passenger FC ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird TCFE/TCR E* Navistar AmTran RE* Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-ER* Carpenter Counselor Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-EF
GVWR, lbs. 27800 27800/30340 2900030000 28380 30000 30000
GAWR, lbs.Front 10300 11340/11340 12000 10300 12080 11340
GAWR, lbs.Rear 17000 17000/19000 1750019000 18080 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 12000 12000 12000 13200 12080 13200
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 17000 17000/19000 1750019000 19000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 174 174/221 180/222 181 185 174
Diesel EngineDisplacement, L. ** 5.9T-I6 7.6T-I67.3-V8 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 190 175 190 190 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. ** 475 430 475 475 475
Transmission***:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545/MT-643 AT-545 MT643/AT-545 MT643/AT-545 MT643/AT-545
Transmission***:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5   M5 NA NA
Brake Lining,in. Front As Shown 15.0 x 4 15.0 x 4 15.0 x 4 16.5 x 5 16.5 x 5
Brake Lining,in. Rear As Shown 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 6 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless          
Size &Load Range 10R22.5F 10R22.5G 10R22.5G 10R22.5F 11R22.5G 10R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 7.5 7.5 8.25 7.5 8.25 7.5
*Rear Engine. 
**See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
***Direct in fourth gear (automatic); direct in fifth gear (manual). 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES [OptionNo. 3A]

65-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Hercules GM/Stewart-Stevenson Blue Bird (Mono/Bi-fueled versions)
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L 7.0L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 195
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440 315
GAWR, Front As Shown 132000 11340
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 

65-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas
Models RE3302/IS3300 3007/3204 027-3207 110H/11051108/1118
ChassisAvailable N B C T, T-A

TABLE NO. TWENTY-TWO (22) 71S-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS40 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Short Wheelbase, Full AirBrake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   N N-S B F
71S-Passenger Conventional ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Navistar 3800 Navistar- Semi **** 3600* Blue Bird CV200 Freightliner FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000
GAWR, lbs.Front 9000 10000 10000 9000 9000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 19000 19000 19000 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 9000 10000 10000 9000 9000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 19000 19000 19000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 254 254 254 254 252
Cowl-to-Axle,in. 229 229 229 250 230
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 349 349 349 405 378
GasolineEngine, L.** *** * * 6.0L-V8 *
SAE GrossHorsepower *** * * 225 *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** * * 340 *
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5 M5 M5
Brakes:Front Lining, in. As Shown 15.0 x 4.00 15.0 x 4.00 15.0 x 4.00 15.0 x 4.00;
Brakes:Rear Lining, in. As Shown 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
40 Buses orderedin this capacity (71-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES[Option No. 8]

71S-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Navistar 3600/3800 Blue Bird CV200 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** T444E 6.6T-I6 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 175 170 175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 430 420 420
GAWR, Front 9000 10000 9000 9000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

71S-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Carpenter Thomas Blue Bird Freightliner
Models CS-32 SB3201 1100/1101 3201 FS-65
ChassisAvailable N N N B, N B, S, T

TABLE NO. TWENTY-THREE (23) 71L-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS41 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Long Wheelbase, Full AirBrake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N N-S F
71L-PassengerConventional 
ITEM
1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3800 Navistar- Semi**** 3600* Freightliner FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000
GAWR, lbs.Front 9000 9000 10000 10000 9000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 19000 19000 19000 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 9000 9000 10000 10000 9000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 19000 19000 19000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 274 274 276 276 276
Cowl-to-Axle,in. 250 250 251 279 254
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 378 405 387 415 378
GasolineEngine, L.** *** 6.0L-V8 * * *
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 225 * * *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 340 * * *
Transmission:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5 M5 M5
Brakes:Front Lining, in. As Shown 15.00 x 4.00 15.00 x 4.00 15.00 x 4.00 15.00 x 4.00
Brakes:Rear Lining, in. As Shown 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00 16.50 x 7.00
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
*Furnished with diesel engine only, Option No. 8. 
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
41 Buses orderedin this capacity (71-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

71L-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3600/3800 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** 6.6T-I6 T444E 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 170 175 175
SAE GrossTorque *** 420 430 420
GAWR, Front 9000 9000 10000 9000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

71L-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas Freightliner
Models CS-32 3310 SB3201 1101/1110 F8-65
ChassisAvailable N B, N N N-S, N F,B,S,T

TABLE NO. TWENTY-FOUR (24) 71-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLDIESEL BUS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Full Air Brake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N T S T-A
71-PassengerFC 
ITEM
1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird TCFE/ TCRE* Navistar AmTran RE* Thomas MVP-ER* Carpenter Counselor Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-ER
GVWR, lbs. 27800 27800/30340 2950030000 30000 30000 30000
GAWR, lbs.Front 11340 11340 12000 12000 12080 11340
GAWR, lbs.Rear 17000 1700019000 1750019000 19000 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 12000 12000 12000 13200 12080 13200
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 17000 1700019000 1750019000 19000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 193 195/249 198/222 238 199 193
Diesel EngineDisplacement, L. ** 5.9T-I6 7.6T-I67.3-V8 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 190 190 190 190 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. ** 475 485 475 475 475
Transmission***:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545MT-643 AT-545 MT643/AT-545 MT643/AT-545 MT643/AT-545
Transmission***:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 NA M5 NA NA
Brake Lining,in. Front As Shown 15.0 x 4 15.0 x 4 15.0 x 4 16.5 x 5 16.5 x 5
Brake Lining,in. Rear As Shown 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless          
Size &Load Range 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
*Rear Engine. 
**See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.34. 
***Direct in fourth gear (automatic); direct in fifth gear (manual). 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES [OptionNo. 3A]

71-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min.  Rqmts. Hercules GM/Stewar-Stevenson Blue Bird (Mono/Bi-fueled versions)
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L 7.0L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 195
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440 315
GAWR, Front As Shown 13200 11340
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 

71-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas
Models IS3503RE3505 TCFE3408TCRE3700 027-3404 1208/120H1218/1205
ChassisAvailable N B C T/ T-A

TABLE NO. TWENTY-FIVE (25) 77-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBUS42 [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Full Air Brake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N F
77-PassengerConventional 
ITEM
1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3800/3600 Freightliner FS-65
GVWR, lbs. 28000 28000 28000 28000
GAWR, lbs.Front 9000 9000 10000 9000
GAWR, lbs.Rear 19000 19000 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 9000 9000 10000 9000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 19000 19000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 274 274 276 276
Cowl-to-Axle,in. 250 250 251 254
Cowl-to-FrameEnd, in. 387 405 387 406
GasolineEngine, L. ** *** 6.0L-V8 * *
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 225 * *
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 340 * *
Transmission****:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd AT-545 AT-545 AT-545
Transmission****:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 M5 M5
Brake Lining,in. Front As Shown 15.0 x 4.00 15.0 x 4.00 15.0 x 4.00
Brake Lining,in. Rear As Shown 16.5 x 7.00 16.5 x 7.00 16.5 x 7.00
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless      
Size &Load Range  11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
**See diesel engine, Option No. 8. 
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
****Direct in fourth gear (automatic); direct in fifth gear (manual). 
42 Buses orderedin this capacity (77-Passenger) may be either Conventional or Semi-forwardControl configuration, at the option of the vendor, unless otherwise specifiedin the Invitation for Bid.
NOTE: This gasolineengine is available in a bi-fuel (CNG/Gasoline) mode. See Option 3A.

DIESEL ENGINES [Option No.8]

77-Passenger Conv. ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird CV200 Navistar 3800 Freightliner FS-65
Engine Displacement,L. *** 6.6T-I6 T444E 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 170 175 175
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 420 430 420
GAWR, Front 9000 9000 10000 9000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

77-PASSENGER CONVENTIONALBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas Freightliner
Model CS-34 3310 SB3405 1200/1201 FS-65
ChassisAvailable N B, N N N B, S, T

TABLE NO. TWENTY-SIX (26) 77-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLDIESEL BUS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Full Air Brake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B N T S T-A
77-Passenger FC ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird All American TCFC/RE* Navistar AmTran RE* Thomas MVP-ER* Carpenter Counselor Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-EF
GVWR, lbs. 30000 3548030000 30000 30000 32200 30000
GAWR, lbs.Front 11000 1248012000 12000 12000 12080 11340
GAWR, lbs,Rear 19000 2300019000 19000 19000 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 12000 1320012000 12000 13200 13200 13200
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 19000 2300019000 19000 19000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 212 220/277/216 216/249 238 227 212
Diesel EngineDisplacement, L. ** 8.3T-I6/5.9T-I6 7.6T-I67.3-V8 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower ** 210/190 190 190 190 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. ** 605/484 485 475 475 475
Transmission***:Automatic, Gears/Model 4 spd MT-6434
AT-545
AT-545 MT-643AT-545 MT-6434 MT-643/AT-545
Transmission***:Manual, Fwd. Gears 5 spd M5 NA M5 NA NA
Brake Lining,in. Front As Shown 15.0 x 4 15.0 x 4 15.0 x 4 16.5 x 5 16.5 x 5
Brake Lining,in. Rear As Shown 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7 16.5 x 7
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless          
Size &Load Range  11R22.5G 11R.22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G 11R22.5G
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
*Rear Engine. 
**See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
***Direct in fourth gear (automatic); direct in fifth gear (manual). 
4Equal or, as required. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES[Option No. 3A]

77-Passenger 
ITEM
1999 Min. Rqmts. Hercules GM/Stewart-Stevenson Blue Bird (Mono/Bi-fueled versions)
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L 7.0L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 195
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440 315
GAWR, Front As Shown 13200 12000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 

77-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLBODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas
Models IS3706RS3708 AAFC3611TCRE3700TCRC3700 027-3608 1308/130H1318/1305
ChassisAvailable N B C T/T-A

TABLE NO. TWENTY-SEVEN (27) 83-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLDIESEL BUS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Front Engine, Full AirBrake Standard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

CHASSIS   B S N T-A
83-Passenger FC (Front Engine ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Blue Bird TCFC/AAFC Carpenter Counselor AmTran FE Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-EF
GVWR, lbs. 32200 3420036200 34200 32200 32200
GAWR, lbs.Front 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200
GAWR, lbs.Rear 19000 23000 21000 19000 19000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200
Axle, Capacity,lbs. Rear 19000 23000 21000 19000 19000
Wheelbase,in. 229 nom. 237/242 241 234/276 231
Engine Displacement,L. * 8.3T-I6 5.9T-I6 7.6T-I67.3-V8 5.9T-I6
SAE GrossHorsepower * 210 210 190 210
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. * 60 520 485 520
Transmission,Automatic** MT-643 MT-643 MT-643 MT-643 MT-643
Brake Lining,in. Front As Shown 16.5 x 5.00 16.5 x 5.00 16.5 x 5.00 16.5 x 5.00
Brake Lining,in. Rear As Shown 16.5 x 7.00 16.5 x 7.00 16.5 x 7.00 16.5 x 7.00
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless        
Size &Load Range 11R22.5H 11R22.5H 11R22.5H 11R22.5H 11R22.5H
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
**Direct in fourth gear. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES [OptionNo. 3A]

83-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Hercules GM/Stewart-Stevenson Blue Bird (Mono/Bi-fueled versions)
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L 7.0L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190 195
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440 315
GAWR, Front As Shown 13200 12000
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 

83-PASSENGER (FRONT ENGINE)BODIESThe following Body/Chassiscombinations are available as indicated

BODIES AmTran Blue Bird Carpenter Thomas
Models IS3909RE3911 3904/3903 027-3900 1408
ChassisAvailable N B C T-A

TABLE NO. TWENTY-EIGHT (28) 83-PASSENGER FORWARD CONTROLDIESEL BUS [SEE PARAGRAPH B.1.2.: REDUCEDPASSENGER CAPACITY] (Rear Engine, Full Air BrakeStandard)Refer to General Requirements,Page

83-Passenger FC (Rear Engine ITEM 1999 Min.  Rqmts. Blue Bird All American AARE3903 Blue Bird TCRE3904 Thomas Saf-T-Liner MVP-ER 1405/140H Carpenter Counselor RE AmTran RE
GVWR, lbs. 36200 36200 36200 36200 36200 36200
GAWR, lbs.Front 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200
GAWR, lbs.Rear 23000 23000 23000 23000 23000 23000
Axle Capacity,lbs. Front 13200 14600 13200 13200 13200 13200
Axle Capacity,lbs. Rear 23000 23000 23000 23000 23000 23000
Wheelbase,in. 267 270 277 267 280 276
Engine Displacement,L. * 8.3T-I6 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 5.9T-I6 7.3-V8
SAE GrossHorsepower * 210 210 210 210 210
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. * 605 484 605 520 605
Transmission,Automatic ** MT-643 MT-643 MT-643 MT-643 MT-643 MT-643
Brake Lining,in. Front As Shown 16.5 x5  16.5 x 5  16.5 x 6  16.5 x 5  16.5 x 6 
Brake Lining,in. Rear As Shown 16.5 x 7  16.5 x 7  16.5 x 8.6  16.5 x 7 16.5 x 8.5 
Tires, SteelBelted Radial Tubeless          
Size &Load Range 11R22.5H 11R22.5H 11R22.5H 11R22.5H 11R22.5H Frt12R22.5H Rear 11R22.5H
Wheels:Rear Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual Dual
Wheels:Rim Size, in. 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25
*See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F.5.3.4. 
**Direct in fourth gear. 
Engines listed on thispage are approved to meet or exceed power requirements under normal operatingconditions. Other engines must be submitted for approval by the SchoolBus Committee [See Paragraph F.5.3.4].

DEDICATED CNG ENGINES[Option No. 3A]

83-Passenger ITEM 1999 Min. Rqmts. Hercules
Engine Displacement,L. *** 5.6L
SAE GrossHorsepower *** 190
SAE GrossTorque, lb-ft. *** 440
GAWR, Front As Shown 13200
***See minimum power requirements in Paragraph F. 5.3.4. 

G. WHEELCHAIR LIFT SPECIFICATION

FLOOR-MOUNTED WHEELCHAIR LIFT, ELECTRIC (HYDRAULIC OR MECHANICAL)

G.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.'s33, 34, and 35], the 15- through 77-passenger school buses shall be equippedwith a wheelchair lift meeting the following requirements. All parts whichare not specifically mentioned, that are necessary for the unit to be completeand ready for operation, or which are normally furnished as standard equipment,shall be furnished by the successful bidder. All parts shall conform instrength, quality, and workmanship to industry standards. All wheelchairpositions shall be forward facing.

1.1. GENERAL DESIGN:

The lift furnished for these options [See Option No.'s 33,34, and 35] shall be a floor-mounted, twelve (12) volt DC electric-hydraulicor electric-mechanical operated wheelchair lift with a minimum eight-hundredpounds (800 lbs.) lifting capacity. The vertical lift (platform travel)shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30"). The unit shall be self-containedand mounted directly to the existing bus body floor.

1.2. DOORS, SPECIAL SERVICE:

One or two (1 or 2) special side doors with windows in eachdoor shall be provided as follows.
1.2.1. Design:
The special service door (s) may be the standard double swing-outdoors or sliding door (with glass) furnished by the chassis manufactureron vehicles used for converted van buses or the special service doors shallbe constructed of zinc-coated steel (G-60) with a minimum thickness of0.396 inches meeting ASTM A-525. Doors may be either standard widths oras required for the lift furnished. The doors shall extend from the windowheader to the bottom of the floor line. Doors shall be water- and weather-tightwhen closed and the lift is in the travel position.
1.2.2. Door Holding Device:
A means (device) shall be provided to hold the swing-out typedoor (s) in the fully opened position.
1.2.3. Door Operation:
The opening and closing operation of the door (s) may be manual,vacuum, pneumatic, or electrical. Controls for doors other than those manuallyoperated shall be located in the driver's compartment and designed foreasy manual opening in case of an emergency. [See Paragraph G.1.8.].
1.2.4. Drip Rails:
Full length drip rails shall be furnished over the specialservice doors to direct water away from the doors.
1.2.5. Header Board:
The head impact area on the inside at the top of the specialservice door shall be protected by an energy absorbing, padded header board,three inches (3") wide and one inch (1") thick, extending the full widthof the door to prevent injury when accidentally impacted.
1.2.6. Installation:
Doors constructed by the body manufacturer shall be installedusing piano or butt type hinges and attached to body by means of rivetsor bolts, nuts, and lock washers. Neither metal screws nor self-tappingbolts are acceptable except for alignment purposes; when used for thispurpose these types of fasteners shall be tack-welded at the head.
1.2.7. Rub Rails:
Exterior side (s) of special service doors shall have two (2)rub rails with end caps installed at approximately the same level as theside rub rails. Rub rail installation shall be in accordance with the requirementsoutlined in Paragraphs C.2.9 and E.2.10.

1.3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

All wiring and wiring connectors used in the construction ofthe wheelchair lift shall meet the requirements of SAE J561:
1.3.1. Alternator:
Wheelchair lift-equipped buses shall be provided with alternatorswith the following performance for the following sizes of school buses:
1.3.1.1. Fifteen-passenger (15-) Through 20-passenger Buses:
"Type A" and "Type B" buses equipped with wheelchair liftsshall have alternators with a minimum electrical output of one-hundred-sixtyamperes (160 amps).
1.3.1.2. Twenty-four-passenger (24-) Through 77-passengerBuses:
A minimum output rating of one-hundred-sixty amperes (160 amps).
1.3.2. Electrical Insulation:
Any component such as the motor, electric wiring, switches,and any connections or parts likely to pose a safety hazard, shall be enclosedin insulated housing (s) to protect passengers and equipment.
1.3.3. Motor:
The motor shall be a heavy-duty, twelve (12) volt DC type,equipped with shaft bearings.

1.4. ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS:

Electromechanical hydraulic lift systems shall be furnishedwith worm screw or similar device for lift action.

1.5. FRAME AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

1.5.1. Frame:
Frame of lift shall be constructed of heavy-duty steel anddesigned to support the platform extension, toeboard, and other parts necessaryfor proper operation, plus a minimum of eight-hundred pounds (800 lbs.)of additional weight. An aluminum frame may be substituted for steel providedthe wheelchair lift warranty is upgraded [See Paragraph A.10.4.9.].
1.5.2. Platform, Automatic Folding Type:
1.5.2.1. Design: The platform shall be of sturdy constructionand covered with minimum one-eighth inch (1/8") safety plate steel or one-eighthinch (1/8") expanded metal (open grate) with maximum three-fourth inch(3/4") openings. The lift platform shall have a minimum thirty inch (30")clear, usable width, unobstructed by the required handrail [See ParagraphG.1.5.2.2.). The minimum clear length of the platform between the outeredge barrier and the inner edge shall be forty inches (40"). Any portionof platform in the folded (travel) position which obstructs window visionshall be covered with expanded metal.
1.5.2.2. Hand Rail: The lift platform shall be equipped withat least one (1) handrail for security. The handrail shall be approximatelytwenty-five-and-three-fourth inches (25-3/4") in height and a minimum eighteeninches (18") in length and designed to fold when in stowed position soas not to add to the overall lift projection into the bus.
1.5.2.3. Lift Action: Action of the lift must be power-up andcontrolled descent with slow (gentle) movement. Design of the platformshall be such that it will be level at all times during the raising andlowering action. A load switch shall be installed on the platform to preventaccidental folding while loading wheelchair passengers.
1.5.2.4. Safety Rails: The platform shall be equipped withsafety rails on both sides of minimum one-eighth inch (1/8") steel andone inch (1") high. The front of the lift shall have a folding type safetyrail not less than three inches (3") in height. Safety rail folding actionmay be either manual or automatic.
1.5.2.5. Toeboard: A toeboard shall be furnished that is angledat approximately eight degrees (8°) below the horizontal.

1.6. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AND RELATED COMPONENTS:

Electric-hydraulic wheelchair lifts shall be furnished witha hydraulic system for lift operation. The components shall include, butnot be limited to, the following:
1.6.1. Hoses and Fittings:
Hose, hose fittings, and hydraulic fittings shall meet therequirements of SAE J517, J516, and J514, respectively, for nominal size(s) furnished.
1.6.2. Hydraulic Cylinders:
Hydraulic cylinders shall be installed for lift operations.Piston rod diameter of each cylinder shall be not less than three-fourthinch (3/4"). Cylinders shall have a minimum of thirty-four inches (34")of extension action and shall be capable of lifting a minimum of eight-hundredpounds (800 lbs.) in addition to the weight of the lift.
1.6.3. Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir:
A reservoir for hydraulic fluid shall be furnished and installedin an accessible location to allow easy checking of the fluid level andfilling as necessary. Fluid capacity and type shall be as recommended bythe lift manufacturer.
1.6.4. Hydraulic Valves:
The system shall provide valves for the following actions:
1.6.4.1. Override Action: A bypass valve (or other means) shallbe provided to prevent the lifting of the bus by over extending the hydrauliccylinders.
1.6.4.2. Power Failure: The system shall also be equipped witheither a relief valve or other mechanical means for raising or loweringthe wheelchair platform in case of power failure.
1.6.4.3. Speed: Adjustable valves shall be provided to controlthe raising and lowering speed of the lift.
1.6.5. Weather/Dust Protection:
Exposed hydraulic cylinders, pumps, and any other parts requiringprotection from the weather, or dust, or any other foreign objects forproper durable operation shall be properly sealed.

1.7. MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION:

Installation shall be such that vibrations will be minimal.The wheelchair lift shall be installed by the bus body manufacturer orauthorized dealer for lift manufacturers.
1.7.1. Fuel Access Port:
[See Paragraph E.3.1.] A fuel access port is required on all35- through 83-passenger buses except front wheelchair equipped buses.
1.7.2. Level Test:
The sides of any bus provided with a wheelchair lift shallbe within plus or minus two inches (± 2") of each other when measuredfrom comparable points on each side to the ground with the bus empty andparked on a level hard surface (such as concrete). Chassis springs andsuspension shall be adjusted as necessary to provide a level bus when theadditional weight of a wheelchair lift is installed [See Paragraphs A.4.5.,D.1.1., and F.1.1.].
1.7.3. Mounting:
The lift shall be mounted on the front right (curb) side [SeeOption No. 33] rear curb-side [See Option No. 34] or front or rear [SeeOption No. 35] of the school bus body floor and securely bolted in place.43Floor frame shall be reinforced as required to support the lift and load.Lift shall be positioned approximately thirty-six inches (36") behind themain entrance door for the 18- and 24- through 77-passenger buses leavingsufficient space for one (1) regular bus seat or one (1) wheelchair. Ifthe body is designed so space specified above is not available, the liftshall be mounted as far forward as practical to minimize floor space loss.(Tail pipe may be routed anywhere between the frame rails to provide sufficientclearance for the lift.)
43 School Districtmay specify rear curb side mounting of lift and wheel chair positions forthe 18- and 24- through the 77-passenger buses only and mounted as above[See Option No. 34] in order to place the required minimum thirty inch(30:) wide aisle in the rear portion of the bus [See Paragraphs C.2.12.4.1.and E.2.13.5.1.]. This will increase the seating capacity for regular passengersin the front section since a narrower aisle, minimum twelve inches (12"),may be used in this area. This option is recommended only for those buseswhich will have a regular attendant in addition to the driver.

1.8. OPERATING CONTROLS AND SAFETY DEVICES:

1.8.1. Operating Switches:
Controls for each movement of the lift shall be through a remotependant-type control (or equivalent) which has automatic return-to-offswitches. Electrical cables shall be good quality copper, covered by heavy-dutyrubberized sheath and of sufficient length to allow operation of the liftfrom inside and outside of bus.
1.8.2. Warning and Safety Devices:
1.8.2.1. Safety Switch: A safety switch shall be installedat or near the service door to prevent operation of the lift except whenall special service doors are substantially open.
1.8.2.2. Warning Light: A flashing amber signal light, mountednear the other dashboard instruments, shall warn the driver when the ignitionswitch is activated and the special service doors are open or ajar, i.e.,not completely closed.

G.2. OTHER REQUIREMENTS:

Wheelchair lift-equipped school buses shall also be providedwith the following:

2.1. FLOOR COVERING:

The floor in the wheelchair area and the area in the lift entrywayshall be smooth and free of projections. Aisle floor covering shall bethe same as required in Paragraph E.2.7.

2.2. FLOORING:

Any plywood flooring used to cover the existing steel floors(e.g., See Paragraph C.2.5.2.) on wheelchair-equipped buses shall be CDXgrade.

2.3. INTERIOR LAMP, LIFT COMPARTMENT:

The lift compartment shall have one (1) interior lamp installedin the roof panel above the center of the lift compartment; or one (1)lamp shall be installed in the roof panels on each side of the lift doorto illuminate the platform entryway area. The lamp (s) shall be minimumfifteen (15) candlepower each and shall be one (1) of the approved lampslisted in Paragraph E.1.7.4.2.

2.4. SECUREMENT SYSTEM LITERATURE:

The following information shall be provided with each vehicleequipped with a securement system:
2.4.1. Detailed instructions, including a parts list, regardinginstallation and use of the system.
2.4.2. Detailed instructions, including a diagram, regardingthe proper placement and positioning of the system, including correct beltangles.

2.5. PAINTING:

The interior and exterior of the special service doors liftsshall be primed and painted in accordance with the painting requirementsin Paragraph E.1.10. as follows:
2.5.1. Interior:
The interior of the special service door (s) of wheelchairlifts shall be painted to match the manufacturer's standard interior colorof the bus on which it is installed.
2.5.2. Exterior:
The exterior of special service doors shall be primed and paintedin accordance with painting requirements in Paragraph E.1.10.

2.6. UNIVERSAL HANDICAP SYMBOLS:

School buses with wheelchair lifts shall display the UniversalHandicapped Symbols on the front of one (1) side and the rear ofthe other side below the window line of the bus. These emblems shall bewhite on a blue background, shall not exceed twelve inches (12") in size,and may be of a high intensity reflectorized material meeting U.S. Departmentof Transportation FHWA FP-85 Standards.

G.3. SECUREMENT SYSTEM FOR MOBILE SEATING DEVICE/OCCUPANT:

3.1. The school bus body shall be designed for positioning and securementof mobile seating devices and occupants in a forward-facing orientation.Securement system hardware and attachment points for the forward-facingsystem shall be provided.

3.2. Mobile seating device securement system shall utilize four(4) point tie-downs, with a minimum of two (2) body floor attachment pointslocated at the rear of the space designated for the mobile seating devicesand a minimum of two (2) body floor attachment points at the front of thespace.

3.3. A "Type II" Occupant Securement System shall provide for securementof the occupant's pelvic lap area and upper torso area.

3.4. The mobile seating device/occupant securement system shallbe successfully, dynamically sled-tested at a minimum impact speed/forceof thirty miles per hour (30 mph/20 G'S). The dynamic test shall be performedusing system components and hardware (including attachment hardware) whichare identical to the final installation in type, configuration, and positioning.The body structure at the attachment points may be simulated for the purposeof the sled test, but the simulated structure used to pass the sled testmay not exceed the strength of the attachment structures to be used inthe final body installation. The mobile seating device used for test purposesshall be a fifth percentile (50%) male test dummy as specified in FMVSSPart 571.208, S6.1.2, 6.1.3, and 6.1.4. The test dummy shall be retainedwithin the securement system throughout the test and forward excursionshall be such that no portion of the test dummy's head or knee pivot spoutspasses through a vertical transverse plane intersecting the forward-mostpoint of the floor space designated for the mobile seating device. Allhardware shall remain positively attached throughout the test and thereshall be no failure of any component. Each mobile seating device belt assemblyincluding attachment hardware and anchorages shall be capable of withstandinga force of not less than two-thousand-five-hundred pounds (2,500 lbs.).This will provide equal mobile seating device securement when subjectedto forces generated by forward, rear or side impact.

3.5. Occupant securement belt assemblies and anchorages shall alsobe certified to meet the requirements of FMVSS No.'s 209 and 210.

3.6. The occupant securement system must be designed to be attachedto the bus body either directly or in combination with the mobile seatingdevice securement system, by a method which prohibits the transfer of weightor force from the mobile seating device to occupant in the event of animpact.

3.7. All securement system attachments or coupling hardware notpermanently attached shall be a "positive latch" type to prohibit accidentaldisconnecting.

3.8. All attachment or coupling systems designed to be connectedor disconnected frequently shall be accessible and operable without theuse of tools or other mechanical assistance.

3.9. All securement system hardware and components shall be freeof sharp or jagged areas and shall be of a non-corrosive material or treatedto resist corrosion.

3.10. The occupant securement system shall be made of materialswhich do not stain, soil, or tear an occupant's clothing.

3.11. No mobile seating device securement system hardware shallbe placed so that a mobile seating device can be placed blocking accessto lift door.

G.4. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES:

The following is recommended by the National Standards forSchool Buses for support equipment and accessories. It is included herefor the information of school districts. The following are not requiredto be provided by the body manufacturer unless specified in the Invitationfor Bid.

4.1. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SECUREMENT:

Portable student support equipment or special accessory itemsshall be secured at the mounting location to withstand a pulling forceof five (5) times the weight of the item, or shall be retained in an enclosed,latched compartment. Such special items, if used, shall meet specificationsand/or include the following:
4.1.1. Belt Cutter:
The bus shall contain a belt cutter for use in emergencies,including evacuations. The belt cutter should be designed to eliminatethe possibility of the operator or others being cut during use, and shouldbe secured in a location of safekeeping such as a first aid kit.
4.1.2. Crutches, Walkers, Canes, and Similar Devices:
These items to be secured as specified above.
4.1.3. Medical Support Equipment:
These items include oxygen bottles, ventilators, and otheritems. These items shall be secured as specified above.

H. AIR CONDITIONING SPECIFICATION

H.1. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:

Unless otherwise noted, all school buses ordered with air conditioningshall be furnished with the following:

1.1. ALTERNATOR:

"Type A" and "Type B" buses equipped with air conditioningshall be furnished with an alternator with a minimum output rating of one-hundredamperes (100 amps) and one-hundred-thirty amperes (130 amps), respectively."Type C" and "Type D" buses equipped with air conditioning shall be furnishedwith an alternator with a minimum output rating of one-hundred-thrity amperes(130 amps). "Type A" and "Type B", "Type C", and "Type D" buses equippedwith air conditioning and wheelchair lifts shall be furnished with alternatorswith a minimum output rating of one-hundred-sixty amperes (160 amps).

1.2. INSULATION:

Minimum five-eighth inch (5/8") nominal thickness plywood shallbe installed over the existing or manufacturer's standard steel floor forinsulation [See Paragraph C.2.5.]. Air-conditioned buses shall have theequivalent of one-and-one-half inches (1-1/2") of Fiberglas or other insulationin the ceilings and walls including the interior of hat-shaped bows. Theinsulation shall have a minimum R-factor value of 5.77.

1.3. TINTING:

The side windows and windshield of air-conditioned buses shallbe furnished as follows and shall meet the requirements of Option No. 13.(NOTE: Tinting shall be furnished with air-conditioned buses. It is notnecessary to order Option No. 13.) All safety glazing materials shall beapproved by the Department of Public Safety.
1.3.1. Side Windows, Passenger:
Passenger side windows and push-out type emergency windowsonly shall be tinted to minimum light transmittance of thirty percent(30%), and a maximum light transmittance of forty percent (40%) using AS-3grade glass. This is defined as "dark tinting" and is not permitted onthe windshield or any window used for driving purposes.
1.3.2 Windshield:
The windshield shall have a horizontal gradient band (tinted)starting slightly above the driver's line of vision with approximatelyninety percent (90%) light transmittance and gradually decreasing to aminimum of seventy percent (70%) light transmittance at the top of thewindshield, or the entire windshield shall be tinted to meet the requirementsof FMVSS No. 205.

1.4. WHITE ROOF:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.38], the roofs of buses equipped with air conditioning shall be paintedwhite, meeting the requirements of Option No. 38 and Paragraphs C.1.4.2.and E.1.4.1.

1.5. EXTRA COOLING:

When so specified in the Invitation for Bid [See Option No.2], additional cooling may be ordered for 15- through 71-passenger schoolbuses. This is intended for use in buses operated under severe conditions(e.g., buses with handicapped lifts where the doors remain open for longperiods of time, buses operated in urban areas with slow, stop-and-go traffic,etc.). Ordering this option will provide a Btu/hr. capacity equal to thenext passenger-capacity category, as shown in Table No. Twenty-nine (29).(For example, an 18-passenger school bus with this option would be furnishedwith a fifty-three-thousand (53,000) Btu/hr. capacity air conditioningsystem instead of the standard forty-thousand (40,000) Btu/hr. unit)

H.2. GENERAL AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:

Air-conditioning systems furnished to meet the requirementsof this specification shall be the mechanical vapor compression refrigerationtype. Each air conditioning system shall have sufficient power for simultaneouscooling, circulating, cleaning, and dehumidifying the air. The refrigerantfor the system must be nontoxic, nonflammable, and nonexplosive. The airconditioning system shall be manufactured to conform to the requirementsof SAE J639. Air conditioning units furnished under this specificationshall be of the current year's production. Details not specifically definedherein shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard commercialpractice for products of this type. Table Twenty-nine No. (29) lists thecomponents and the appropriate ratings required by this specification:

TABLE TWENTY-NINE (29) MINIMUM AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPONENT REQUIREMENTS

Bus Size Capacity BTU/hr. Air Flow CFM Compressor(s) No. Condenser(s) Location/No. Evaporators Location/No.
15-passenger 19,000 1,000 1 1--skirt mtd.(or eng. comp.) 1--Front & Rear
16-20-passenger 40,000 1,200 1 1--skirt mtd. 1-- Rear(no dash unit included)
24-35-passenger 53,000 1,300 1 1 1--Rear
47-passenger 80,000 1,900 2 2 2--1 Front & 1 Rear
53-71-passenger1 93,000 2,000 2 2 2--1 each side
77-83-passenger1 108,000 2,400 2 2 2--1each side
1Except rear engine buses may be single units provided they meet or exceedthe BTU/cfm requirement. 

2.1. CONTROLS:

A control box or panel, which shall be located in the driver'scompartment, shall be permanently installed to house inside temperatureand fan speed controls. The control box or panel shall be positioned sothat the driver shall be able to operate the air conditioning controlswhile seated in the driver's seat and operating the bus. The fan (s) (blower)shall have a minimum of two (2) operating speeds ("off" is not consideredan operating speed).

2.2. INSTALLATION:

2.2.1. Installing Dealer:
Installation of the air conditioning system (s) shall be bythe bus body company or by an authorized factory air conditioning dealerwho normally stocks, sells, installs, and services a unit of the type beingfurnished.
2.2.2. Workmanship:
Poor, shoddy installation will be grounds for immediate rejectionof the complete bus.
2.2.3. Protection of Components:
Any skirt-mounted air conditioning component or component mountedunderneath the bus shall be provided with means of protecting these componentsfrom mud or road debris.
NOTE: NO INSTALLATION OF ANY AIR CONDITIONING UNITS OR SYSTEMSSHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, VOID THE CHASSIS MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEWARRANTY.

H.3. COMPONENTS:

The following is a list of components required for air conditioningsystems [See Paragraph H.2.]. Any parts or components not specificallymentioned below, but which are required to provide a complete operatingunit, or which are standard for the model offered, shall be included:

3.1. BLOWER UNIT:

The blower unit shall be of heavy-duty, commercial design andshall circulate air over the evaporator (s) to cool the passenger compartment.Fans shall be of the centrifugal or axial type and quiet in operation.Unless they are self-contained, fan motor (s) shall have bearings of thepermanent lubrication type and designed to operate on the twelve (12) voltDC system of the school bus. The blower unit (s) shall not increase theambient noise level of the unloaded school bus while parked with the engineidling more than five (5) decibels when measured in the center of the bus.

3.2. COMPRESSORS:44

Compressors shall be of the air conditioning or chassis manufacturer'sstandard design. Lubrication of all moving parts shall be accomplishedautomatically. An automatic (electric) clutch shall be provided on eachcompressor. The compressor size shall be as required to meet the performancerequirements above. Compressor (s) shall be compatible with the enginespeed.
44 Compressorsshall be geared so that their speed does not exceed the manufacturer'smaximum recommended sustained speeds at a road speed of sixty miles perhour (60 mph) in high gear.

3.3. CONDENSERS:

The condenser (s) shall be as recommended by the manufacturerof the unit. The air conditioning manufacturers shall use their standardcondenser fabrication and installation practices.

3.4. DASH OUTLETS:

Unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bid, air conditionerson 16- through 19-passenger school buses will not have in-dash air outlets.In-dash outlets are required on 15-passenger buses equipped with air conditioning.

3.5. EVAPORATOR (COOLING COIL):

: Air conditioning manufacturers shall use standard cooling coil, fabricationand installation practices.

3.6. REFRIGERANT DRYER:

A dryer with a minimum of ten ounce (10 oz.) of desiccant shallbe installed in the refrigerating circuit. The system shall be designedand installed in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice toinsure optimum performance and ease of service/replacement.

H.4. TESTING:

Testing shall be done by, or at the direction of, the GeneralServices Commission and/or the receiving school district. Tests shall beperformed on buses furnished. In the event the bus air conditioning systemfails to meet or exceed all conditions and requirements of this specification,the cost of the test shall be borne by the supplier.

H.5. OTHER REQUIREMENTS:

5.1. AVAILABILITY OF SERVICE AND REPAIR PARTS:

An adequate supply of repair parts normally required for mostmaintenance and warranty repair shall be carried in stock within the Stateof Texas. Bidder shall include with each bid, or have on file with thePurchasing Division of this Commission, a list of factory-authorized companiesor individuals, and their addresses, who stock repair parts and who canperform service on the products furnished.
NOTE: REQUIREMENT IN P ARAGRAPH A .10.4.1. T HE AIR CONDITIONINGMANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE SERVICE FACILITIES AVAILABLE IN EACH OF THE FIVE(5) ZONES WITHIN THE S TATE OF T EXAS THAT STOCK REPAIR PARTS NORMALLYREQUIRED FOR WARRANTY SERVICE AND REGULAR REPAIR [See Figure No. Three(3)].

5.2. INTRODUCTION BOOKS:

One (1) copy of complete maintenance and operating instructionsshall accompany each air conditioned bus upon delivery. If a parts listis required by the school district the district should contact the vendorsupplying the equipment.

5.3. LABELING:

Each air conditioning unit shall have affixed a legible anddurable nameplate with the following information:
5.3.1. Name and address of the manufacturer.
5.3.2. Cooling Capacity of the installed unit (in Btu/hr.),based upon the smallest rating of any component in the system.
5.3.3. Recirculation and ventilation of air quantity in(CFM).

5.4. WARRANTY:

The complete air conditioning system, including all components,shall be warranted for a period of one (1) year, unlimited mileage, fromthe date of delivery.

FIGURE No. THREE (3) REQUIRED SERVICE FACILITYZONES WITHIN THE STATE OF TEXAS (For information, call (512)463-3369.)

I.1. AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS: This specificationis available through the Commission's web cite, or by calling or writing:

Bid Services
General Services Commission
P.O.Box 13186
Austin, TX 78711-3047
(512) 463-3416
http://www.window.state.tx.us/spec_lib

FOR ASSISTANCE SCHOOL BUSES

NOTE TO SCHOOL DISTRICTS: You may wantto communicate with the Commission using this form to describe problemsyou are having with your school buses. However, you should first attemptto have the complaint corrected by the body vendor or chassis dealer, whicheveris applicable. Refer to Paragraph A.10.4. for a list of the names and titlesof individuals in the various organizations to contact for service. Then,if you are not satisfied with the repairs of corrections made, or if nothingis done to alleviate the problem, please use a copy of the following formto inform the Commission.

DATE:

SCHOOL DISTRICT NAME:
CITY:
ZIP:
CONTACT NAME:
AREA CODE & PHONE NUMBER:

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Passenger Capacity (Circle One):

15 16 18 19 20 24 35 47 53 59 65 71S 71L 77 83


Body Make (Check One)

Blue Bird Chevrolet Dodge Ford  GMC
Thomas Navistar Crane Carrier Transi Corp  

FIRM OR DEALER NAME:

NAME OF PERSON CONTACTED:

STATE NATURE OF COMPLAINT OR PROBLEM(Be specific, use additional sheets,if necessary)

Mail To:

Purchaser U
General Services Commission
P.O. Box 13186
Austin, TX 78711-3047

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = == = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

APPROVED -- SCHOOL BUSGASOLINE ENGINESLEGEND: C = Conventional Bus,FC = Forward Control Bus,FE = Front Engine Bus, RE= RearEngine Bus,SC = Short Wheelbase ConventionalBus,LC = Long Wheelbase ConventionalBus.
GASOLINE ENGINES CAPACITY

Manufacturer DODGE G.M.C.
Capacity Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans Auto. *** Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans. Auto. ***
15 5.9L 190 3.54 A727 5.7L 201   400
16         5.7L 201   400
18 5.9L 190 3.54 A727 5.7L 201   400
19         5.7L 201   400
20         5.7L 201   400
24         5.7L 201   400
35         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
47         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
53         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
59C         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
59FC         7.0L 225 ** AT545
65C         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
65FC         7.0L 225 ** AT545
71SC         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
71LC         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
71FC         7.0L 225 ** AT545
77C         6.0L 225 7.17 AT545
77FC         7.0L 225 ** AT545
83FE               AT643
83RE               AT643
** Rear axleratio, as required.
*** Minimumacceptable transmission listed. Transmission MUST be adequately matchedwith engine torque and approved by the engine manufacturer.


NATURAL GAS ENGINES (OEM--FURNISHED)CAPACITY

Manufacturer HERCULES TECOGN/GMC (7.0L-mono-fuel)Bluebird/Stewart &Stevenson (6.01 bi- and mono-fuel)
Capacity Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans Auto. *** Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans. Auto. ***
15                
16                
18                
19                
20                
24                
35 5.6T 190 ** AT545 6.0L 210 ** AT545
47 5.6T 190 ** AT545 7.0L 195 ** AT545
53 5.6T 190 ** AT545 6.0L 210 ** AT545
59C 5.6T 190 ** AT545 6.0L 210 ** AT545
59FC 5.6T 190 ** AT545 7.0L 195 ** AT545
65C 5.6T 190 ** AT545 6.0L 210 ** AT545
65FC 5.6T 190 ** AT545 7.0L 195 ** AT545
71SC 5.6T 190 ** AT545 6.0L 210 ** AT545
71LC 5.6T 190 ** AT545 6.0L 210 ** AT545
71FC 5.6T 190 ** AT545 7.0L 195 ** AT545
77C         6.0L 210 ** AT545
77FC         7.0L 195 ** AT545
83FE         7.0L 195 ** MT643
83RE         7.0L 195 ** MT643
** Rear axleratio, as required.
*** Minimumacceptable transmission listed. Transmission MUST be adequately matchedwith engine torque and approved by the engine manufacturer.


APPROVED -- SCHOOL BUS DIESELENGINESLEGEND: C = Conventional Bus,FC = Forward Control Bus,FE = Front Engine Bus, RE= RearEngine Bus,SC = Short Wheelbase ConventionalBus,LC = Long Wheelbase ConventionalBus.DIESEL ENGINES - CAPACITY (3 Tables)

Manufacturer CATERPILLAR CUMMINS/FORD DIESEL
Capacity Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans Auto. *** Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans. Auto. ***
15                
16                
18                
19                
20                
24                
35 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
47 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
53 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
59C 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
59FC         5.9T 180 ** AT545
65C 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
65FC         5.9T 180 ** AT545
71SC 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
71LC 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
71FC         5.9T 180 ** AT545
77C 6.6T 170-230 ** AT545 5.9T 160-190 ** AT545
77FC         5.9T 190 ** MT643
83FE         5.9T 210 ** MT643
83RE         5.9T 210 ** MT643
** Rear axleratio, as required.
*** Minimumacceptable transmission listed. Transmission MUST be adequately matchedwith engine torque and approved by the engine manufacturer.
Manufacturer FORD/NAVISTAR GENERAL MOTORS
Capacity Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans Auto. *** Displacement SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans. Auto. ***
15 7.3N 180 **   6.5 160-V8   A40D
16 7.3N 180 **   6.5 160-V8   A40D
18 7.3N 180 **   6.5 160-V8   A40D
19         6.5 160-V8   A40D
20         6.5 160-V8   A40D
24         6.5 160-V8   A40D
35                
47                
53                
59C                
59FC                
65C                
65FC                
71SC                
71LC                
71FC                
77C                
77FC                
83FE                
83RE                
** Rear axleratio, as required.
*** Minimumacceptable transmission listed. Transmission MUST be adequately matchedwith engine torque and approved by the engine manufacturer.
Manufac-turer N.I.C. (T444E) N.I.C. (DT466)
Capacity Displace-ment SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans Auto. *** Displace-ment SAE Gross hp Axle Ratio Trans. Auto. ***
15                
16                
18                
19                
20                
24 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545        
35 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
47 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
53 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
59C 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
59FC 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
65C 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
65FC 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
71SC 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
71LC 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
71FC 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
77C 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 170-230 ** AT545
77FC 7.3T 160-230 ** AT545 7.6T 230 ** MT643
83FE 7.3T 160-230 ** MT643 7.6T 230 ** MT643
83RE 7.3T 230 ** MT643 7.6T 190-230 ** MT643
** Rear axleratio, as required.
*** Minimumacceptable transmission listed. Transmission MUST be adequately matchedwith engine torque and approved by the engine manufacturer.

APPROVED -- SCHOOL BUS BODIE

Bus Size  Configuration/Mfg. Blue Bird Carpenter Collins Mid Bus Thomas US Bus Van Com Ward (Amtran)
15 Van 
Conversion 
or Cutaway
Micro 
Bird
--- Bantam 
Econobus 
Super Bantam
Guide 0402, 040MS 
0412, 0401MS
Universe V-15 
040MS
VSS
16 Commercial 
Cutaway
Micro 
Bird 
MB-20
SCL1706 
SCL1801
--- Guide 0402, 040MS 
0412, 0401MS
SturdiBus V-15, 040MS VSS
18 Van 
Conversion
--- --- Bantam 
Super Bantam
Guide --- SturdiVan V-18 ---
19 Commercial 
Cutaway
Micro 
Bird 
MB-20
SCL1706 
SCL1801
Super Bantam 
Grand Bantam
Guide 0402, 040MS 
0412, 0401MS
SturdiBus V-15, 040MS VSS
20 Stripped 
Chassis
Mini 
Bird 
MB-20
WSCV1808 Grand Bantam --- 0402, 040MS 
0412, 0401MS
--- V-15, 040MS VSS
22 --- --- --- --- --- --- SturdiBus --- ---
24 Conventional 
Cutaway 
Semi-Fwd-Control
2103 
2307 
MB-20
WSCV2100 
WSCV2107
--- --- 0500 
0501
--- --- ---
35 Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-Control
1808, 2005 SB1808 --- --- 0510, 0610 
0501, 0611
--- --- CS-18
47 Forward Control 
Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-control
TC2000 
2304
SFT2902 
SB2304
--- --- 0908 
0710 
0701
--- --- IS2603 
CS23
53 Forward Control 
Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-control
TC2000 
2508
SFT2902 
SB2508
--- --- 0908 
0810 
0801
--- --- IS2806 
CS25
59 Forward Control 
Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-control
TC2000 
2800, 2807
SFT3303 
SB2800
--- --- 1105/110H 
0910 
0901
--- --- IS3009 
CS28
65 Forward Control 
Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-control
TC2000 
3004, 3011
SFT3303 
SB3004
--- --- 120H/1205,1108 
1010 
1001
--- --- IS3300 
CS30 
SS-29
71S Forward Control 
Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-control
TC2000 
3201
SFT3507 
SB3201
--- --- 1100 
1208/120H
--- --- IS3503 
CS32 
SS-31
71L Forward Control 
Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-control
3208  SB3201 --- --- 1110 
1101
--- --- IS3503 
CS32 
SS-31
77 Forward Control 
Conventional 
Semi-Fwd-control
3604, 3611 
3310
SFT3711 
SB3405
--- --- 130H, 1308 
1200 
1201
--- --- IS3706 
CS35 
SS-33
83 Forward Control 3907 SFT3906/SPT3908 --- --- 1318, 1405/140H --- --- IS3909

Go to:Blank Copy of the OPEN MARKET "School Bus Purchase Requisition"

Return to Table of Contents

Return to Numeric Index

Required Plug-ins